TW203656B - - Google Patents

Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW203656B
TW203656B TW081107665A TW81107665A TW203656B TW 203656 B TW203656 B TW 203656B TW 081107665 A TW081107665 A TW 081107665A TW 81107665 A TW81107665 A TW 81107665A TW 203656 B TW203656 B TW 203656B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
mentioned
storage box
bill
negotiable
roller
Prior art date
Application number
TW081107665A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Takeshi Ooyama
Original Assignee
Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP3239972A external-priority patent/JPH0581507A/en
Priority claimed from JP10239491U external-priority patent/JP2517053Y2/en
Priority claimed from JP1991105602U external-priority patent/JP2527594Y2/en
Priority claimed from JP1992012085U external-priority patent/JP2576652Y2/en
Application filed by Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd filed Critical Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW203656B publication Critical patent/TW203656B/zh

Links

Landscapes

  • Financial Or Insurance-Related Operations Such As Payment And Settlement (AREA)

Description

203656 本案已向曰本申請專利,申請曰期及案號如下: 申請曰期 案號 1991年9月19日 03-239972 1991年11月15日 03-102394 1991年12月24日 03-105602 1992年2月14日 04-028136 1992年3月11日 04-012085 1992年3月23日 04-065032 1992年3月31日 04-077906 203656 A(i203656 This case has applied for a patent from Japan. The application date and case number are as follows: Application date: September 19, 1991 03-239972 November 15, 1991 03-102394 December 24 1991 03-105602 1992 February 14, 2004 04-028136 March 11, 1992 04-012085 March 23, 1992 04-065032 March 31, 1992 04-077906 203656 A (i

經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作杜印製 五'發明説明(1.) 發明領域 本發明爲有關一處理流通票據之機器,特別是—種流 通票據處理機器如紙幣支付機,它自動地支出流通票據如 .紙幣、支票或貨幣,且具有—個存放流通票據之第一個 貯存部份’從第-個貯存部份支域通票據之支出裝置, 傳送支出之流通票據的支出裝置,及第一個機體包住上述 之貯存部份、支付裝置和傳送裝置,並且具有一個第—個 開口,以上述之傳送裝置傳遞之流通票據經開口導引至外 界。 相關技術説明 紙幣支付機爲一種裝置在金融機構如:銀行等的機器 ’依據使用者的操作自動地支付設定的紙幣總额,在過去 ’紙幣自動支付機爲一種含有多個適合不同種類紙幣之儲 金箱的型式,那些不同種類的紙幣,依據代表使用者需求 的信號從儲金箱中支出,並由一共用之傳送通道傳送,經 由唯一的開口支出,因此,此種機器可以支出一種以上之 紙幣。 在機器機體前面面板配有一顯示器影幕,可眼見地顯 示給操作者也就是使用者所用鍵盤之功能,輸入資料如密 碼和總额;輸入的指令;顯示機器狀態或用在確認輸入的 資料。而且,在機器内具有一個聲音摹擬裝置依據顯示在 顯示器影幕上之資料發出聲音;一個卡片讀寫器經由槽口 接受附有操作者之帳號的卡片,讀取存在其内之資料,並 將資料寫入其中;一個印表機將有關操作者及其交易之資 ------------------:-----裝------訂------線- ί 场先 S····!背'lu<i-t*^-Jr!冉續寫本!=?> 本紙張尺度適用中西國家梂準(CNS) V 4規格(210 X 297公釐) 81.9.20,000 203656 經濟部中央標準局β工消t合作社印製 A(> Β(» 五、發明説明(2 )The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Employee Consumption Cooperation Du Printed the Five 'Invention Description (1.) Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a machine for processing negotiable bills, in particular a kind of negotiable bill processing machine such as a banknote payout machine, which automatically pays for circulation Bills such as paper money, cheques, or currencies, and have a first storage part for storing negotiable bills, a payment device that branches to bills from the first storage part, a payment device for transferring the bills in circulation, and a A machine body encloses the above-mentioned storage part, payment device and conveying device, and has a first opening, and the circulation bill transmitted by the conveying device is guided to the outside through the opening. Relevant technical description The bill payment machine is a device that is installed in a financial institution such as a bank, etc. 'According to the user's operation, it automatically pays the set total amount of bills. The type of gold storage box, those different types of banknotes, are paid out of the gold storage box according to the signal representing the user's needs, and are sent by a common transmission channel, and are paid out through a single opening. Paper money. The front panel of the machine body is equipped with a display screen, which can be visually displayed to the operator, that is, the function of the keyboard used by the user. Input data such as password and total amount; input commands; display the machine status or used to confirm the input data. Moreover, there is a sound simulation device in the machine to make a sound based on the data displayed on the screen of the display; a card reader accepts the card with the operator's account through the slot, reads the data stored in it, and The information is written into it; a printer will charge the relevant operators and their transactions. ------ Line-ί field first S ····! Back 'lu < it * ^-Jr! Continue writing! =? > This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese and Western countries (CNS) V 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 81.9.20,000 203656 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau β Gongxiaot cooperative printed A (> Β (»V. Description of the invention (2)

I 料印成一對帳單及流水帳的形式;一個控制系統與每—個 上述之部份結合且控制它們;以及一個電源供給装置等。 控制器單元含有一個處理系統且配備儲存所有儲金箱共同 控制資訊的記憶體。 另有一個出口,經由出口將紙幣支出,也就是一個在 機器機體前面面板的提取開口,且在正常的情況下,此開 口被可以開閉之遮門遮蓋住。一個存放紙幣可縮回的平檯 直接配置在提取盤之下,以及一個回收儲金箱配置於平檯 之下。回收儲金箱爲一個活動式裝設在機器機體内之儲金 箱,且存放在不正常狀況下的紙幣,譬如:已面臨辨識或 計數錯誤情況的紙幣。 上述機器之種類包括活動式儲金箱,也就是支付儲金 箱,儲存準備作業服務之紙幣。每一個如這樣子活動式儲 金箱包括一個傳送通道,傳送從儲存箱支出的紙幣。換句 話説’這種個別的傳送通道分別配置在每一個儲金箱中。 這些個別的傳送通道連接至一個唯—共用之傳送通道,與 提取盤附近之保持平檯相通,並且從個別的傳送通道將紙 幣遞送至提取盤。這些個別的及共用的傳送通道具有與紙 幣接觸滚動之滚輪,或與紙幣接觸移動之皮帶,並且這此 滾輪及皮帶由唯一的遞送馬達驅動。以及一個從印刷對帳 單之印表機印出條紙的出口,開向保持平楼。 偵測傳送中之紙幣的感測器延著傳送通道配置。在以 前的技術應用實例中,一對感測器延著唯一的傳送通道配 置在該處,感測器之一設計成偵測在夾層中傳送的紙幣, ------------------(-----裝——----、玎------線I materials are printed in the form of a pair of bills and running accounts; a control system is combined with each of the above-mentioned parts and controls them; and a power supply device and so on. The controller unit contains a processing system and is equipped with a memory that stores the common control information of all gold boxes. There is another outlet through which the banknotes are paid out, that is, a withdrawal opening in the front panel of the machine body, and under normal circumstances, this opening is covered by a shutter that can be opened and closed. A retractable platform for storing banknotes is directly arranged under the extraction tray, and a recovery gold storage box is arranged under the platform. The recovery gold storage box is a movable gold storage box installed in the machine body and stored in abnormal banknotes, for example, banknotes that have faced recognition or counting errors. The types of the above-mentioned machines include movable gold storage boxes, that is, payment gold storage boxes, which store paper money ready for operation services. Each movable gold storage box like this includes a transfer channel to transfer the banknotes expended from the storage box. In other words, this individual transmission channel is placed in each gold storage box. These individual conveying channels are connected to a single-common conveying channel, communicate with the holding platform near the pickup tray, and deliver banknotes from the individual conveying channels to the pickup tray. These individual and shared conveying channels have rollers that roll in contact with banknotes or belts that move in contact with banknotes, and this roller and belt are driven by a single delivery motor. And an exit from the printer that prints the statement prints the paper, which is open to keep flat. The sensors that detect the banknotes in transit are arranged along the conveyor channel. In the previous technical application example, a pair of sensors are arranged at the same location along a unique transfer channel, and one of the sensors is designed to detect banknotes transported in the interlayer. -------- (----- installed --------, 玎 ------ line

203656 A6 ΗΓ) 烴濟部中央標準局R工消f合作社印製 五、發明説明(3.) 而另一個感測器設計成偵測傳送中紙幣之長度及歪斜角度 ;藉此,保證只在容許狀況下正確遞送的_呈現給操作 者。 在操作時,當操作者要從紙幣自動支付機中提取紙幣 ,操作者插入他或她的卡片到槽内,及先後用鍵盤輸入密 碼及需求總額。根據上述之操作,機器的控制器單元計算 紙幣之單位及需求數目,並且控制支出機構從對應之儲金 箱中將紙幣一張一張分離並支出它。引導到儲金箱外之紙 幣經由相關的個別傳送通道遞送至共同傳送通道,紙幣經 共同傳送通道遞送至保持平檯。經由延著傳送通道配置的 感測器,控制器單元偵測紙幣是否被適當地傳送;因此, 只有被適當地遞送至保持平檯和存放在其上的紙幣呈現給 操作者。 控制器單元完成一次特定總额紙幣的正確遞送至保持 平接後’ b控制印表機印製印表條紙或流水帳形式的交易 明細。從印表機支出之印表條紙放在留在保持平檯上紙幣 的上面。然後,控制器單元打開提取盤之遮門,允許操作 者取出紙幣及對帳單。 若控制器單元偵測到一個不正常的情況在傳送通道中 ,如歪斜、堆疊、分離失敗、多層傳送、黏著傳送、單位 辨識失敗,或計數失敗,則收回平檯;藉此收回所有在那 時已被放在平檯上之紙幣到回收儲金箱中。然後,平檯回 到正常的位置從新開始試著紙幣支付運轉。繼而,甚至單 張紙幣或對帳單條紙在遮門打開及保持一段設定時間長度 (.:At!«l..'.lJl;I:du.i;i.*iJr!#^x':-^7i) -裝. ,π 線! 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS)甲4现格(210 X 297公釐 81,9.20,000 五、發明説明(4·) 之後,則㈣铸並取回殘餘的東西㈣_ 特別動式的错金箱,並且 -錄_以適合它處理的唯-—種单位。例如:日本崎元日圓券存 尺寸之儲金箱t,而日本的萬元 /成對應其 其尺寸milt。目放錢計成對應 的仟&quot;&quot;*日圓券及萬元曰圓券在 ^寸士不同’所以兩儲金箱間沒有交換性。設置紙幣自動 付〈環境狀態交換性的欠缺,限制了機器的適應性。 例如:若是依據每-缺有機器的商店,或是每天特定的 運轉時段’對某些不-樣單位_有偏好,職特定單位 所設計之儲金箱因爲需求少而聞£沒用,降低機器之整體 政率。換句話説,_經常裝填需求高之紙幣單位,導致 顧客服務品質的退化。 經濟部t央標準局R工消费合作社印*''我 t上所述,從儲金箱中支出之紙幣經由各自的傳送通 道傳送’然後再經由共用傳送通道遞送至唯—的提取盤。 這些個別的傳送通道及共用傳送通道具有與紙幣接觸轉動 I滾輪或與紙幣接觸移動之皮帶,而這些滾輪或皮帶由唯 —驅動力來源驅動,如傳送馬達。若是因爲某些因素,發 生錯誤於傳送馬達,或是紙幣堆疊在共同或個別的通道中 ,則停止整個機器之運轉,甚致堆疊僅發生在某一個個別 傳送通道中,共用之傳送通道及其它剩下之儲金箱的個別 傳送通道,事實上沒有任何錯誤,但整個機器之運轉還是 停止。 例如:在機器中之紙幣貯存盒的出口配有一個拮取滚 本紙張又度適用中國囷家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公货) 81.9.20,000 203656203656 A6 ΗΓ) Printed by the Rongxiao F Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Hydrocarbon Economy 5. Description of the invention (3.) and another sensor designed to detect the length and skew angle of the banknotes in transit; Properly delivered _ is presented to the operator if allowed. During operation, when the operator wants to withdraw the banknotes from the automatic banknote payment machine, the operator inserts his or her card into the slot, and then enters the password and the total demand with the keyboard. According to the above operation, the controller unit of the machine calculates the unit and demand number of the banknotes, and controls the payout mechanism to separate the banknotes one by one from the corresponding gold storage box and disburse it. The banknotes guided out of the gold storage box are delivered to the common transportation channel through the relevant individual transportation channels, and the banknotes are delivered to the holding platform through the common transportation channel. Through sensors arranged along the conveying path, the controller unit detects whether the banknotes are properly transported; therefore, only the banknotes that are properly delivered to the holding platform and stored thereon are presented to the operator. The controller unit completes the correct delivery of a specified total amount of banknotes to maintain the flat connection. B controls the printer to print transaction details in the form of printed slips or journals. The printed paper strips expended from the printer are placed on top of the banknotes left on the holding platform. Then, the controller unit opens the shutter of the pickup tray, allowing the operator to take out bills and statements. If the controller unit detects an abnormal situation in the transmission channel, such as skew, stacking, separation failure, multi-layer transmission, sticky transmission, unit identification failure, or counting failure, the platform is retracted; Banknotes that have been placed on the platform at the time are collected into the gold storage box. Then, the platform returned to its normal position and tried the paper money payment operation from the beginning. Then, even a single banknote or statement sheet is opened and kept for a set period of time at the shutter (.: At! «L .. '. LJl; I: du.i; i. * IJr! # ^ X' :-^ 7i)-Install., Π line! This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Grade A 4 (210 X 297 mm 81,9.20,000) 5. After the description of the invention (4 ·), then the remaining things are cast and retrieved _ Special dynamic Wrong gold box, and the only unit suitable for its processing. For example: Japan's Sakimoto yen coupon deposit size storage box t, and Japan's 10,000 yuan / yuan corresponds to its size Milt. The corresponding thousand &quot; &quot; * yen coupons and 10,000 yen coupons are different in ^ inchshi ', so there is no exchangeability between the two gold storage boxes. The automatic payment of paper money is set up <The lack of exchangeability of the environmental state limits the machine's adaptability For example: if it is based on every store that lacks a machine, or a specific operation period of each day 'has a preference for some non-like units_, the gold box designed by the specific unit is not used because of the low demand. It is useless. , To reduce the overall political efficiency of the machine. In other words, _ often replenish banknote units with high demand, resulting in the deterioration of customer service quality. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standards Bureau, R Industrial Consumer Cooperative * * I mentioned above, from the storage Banknotes spent in the gold box are transferred through their respective transmission channels 'Then it is delivered to the pickup tray only through the common conveying channel. These individual conveying channels and the common conveying channel have belts that rotate in contact with the banknotes or rotate in contact with the banknotes, and these rollers or belts are driven by the only driving force Driving, such as a conveying motor. If for some reason, an error occurs in the conveying motor, or the banknotes are stacked in a common or individual channel, the operation of the entire machine is stopped, and even the stacking occurs only in a certain individual conveying channel. The shared transmission channel and other individual transmission channels of the remaining gold storage boxes, in fact, have no errors, but the operation of the entire machine is still stopped. For example: the exit of the banknote storage box in the machine is equipped with a pick-up roll paper Also applicable to China's Standards (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 public goods) 81.9.20,000 203656

ΛΓ&gt; BG 經濟部中央標苹局β工消費合作社印¾ 五、發明説明(5.) 輪從貯存盒中取出紙幣,及一個反轉滚輪在一張以上之紙 條發生將同時支出的時候,阻止第二張或隨後之紙幣被傳 送。堆疊傾向於發生在這支出機構,支出機構裝置於支付 機構内;因此,維護人員必須停止整個機器的運轉抽出支 出機構,然後取出堆叠的紙幣,以便排除堆巷之因素並重 置回正常的運轉。其結果,因機器之整個運轉的暫停,造 成雇客服務品質變壞,‘且爲了執行維護運作,雖然剩下的 儲金箱尚可操作,但維護人員還是必需停止機器的全部運 轉。 控制器單元有一個記憶體儲存控制資訊如·•儲金箱之 運轉過程及錯誤狀態。儲金箱之運轉過程包括交易次數及 其總额,而錯誤資訊包括錯誤發生次數,如堆巷等。存放 於δ己憶體内之控制資訊,在每次新交易發生時所附加的資 訊更新,然後,在機器提供之服務結束之後,傳送出來做 爲已處理紙幣之數目、維護及檢視之管理的參考。無論如 何,在早先的機器内,儲存控制資訊與儲金箱沒有任何關 係;因此,不可能得到各個儲金箱之運轉情況。例如:不 可能從控制資訊帽賴於某—_金箱的㈣資訊i發 生更多的困擾。 若堆番發生在某-個傳送通道,則所有的紙幣包括在 進行中的全被收回到回收儲金財。換句話説,這些紙幣 與其它纽易期間已正常遞送軌條—起被拿回儲賴内 。因此,甚轉護人員制回收儲金箱,也很難辨識在那 -個儲金箱中已發生問題。這也導致在管理紙幣的效率減 i;.\ts:.uli1fij..'&gt;注&amp;菸項冉硝寫本打) .裝. .1Γ. 丨線 81.9.20,000 203656 Λ6 ΗΓ) 烴濟部中央標準局KK工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(6.) 退。 若機器的負貴人想執行在機器内紙幣的詳細檢查,則 負责人必需從機器中拿出支出儲金箱及回收儲金箱。因儲 金箱被上鎖,負责人解開鎖頭,計算在儲金箱中之紙带, 然後與由印表機印出之流水帳結果比較。早期活動式之儲 金箱很大且很重,因爲它包含紙幣支出機構及傳送機構。 無論如何,最近的趨勢顯示紙幣自動支付機被設置在—個 遠離金融機構的營業處所的亭子内。若如是大又重的儲金 箱,伴隨流水帳,必需攜帶至營業處所,則非常不方便, 並且也經常存有危險性。 發明摘要 因此本發明的一個目的爲提供一種流通票據處理機器 ,其儲金箱可在最恰當的情況下管理。 本發明提出一個依據操作者之指示支付紙幣的紙幣自 動支付機。一個支出存放在貯存箱内之紙幣的機構裝設在 構成儲金箱之機體内,且紙幣從機體上之開口支出。紙幣 自動支付機活動式裝在機體内,且它具有與開口相通之紙 幣提取槽。此機器可以裝設一個以上如是的儲金箱。在後 一個例子中,儲金箱控制器配置於機體中,控制如支付或 遞送紙幣之運轉。此機器也具有一個主控制器,它依據操 作者之指令控制儲金箱控制器,且兩控制器間由分離式連 接器相連。一個擋板及一個回收儲金盒配置於儲金箱中。 儲金箱控制器引導擋板向回收儲金盒,導引遇到遞送錯誤 的紙幣至回收儲金盒中。由上述的設計,在此提供一個紙 ------------------------裝------.玎------線 7.-11-1.閲--v!li-rfu&gt;/;.i*^項冉塡寫本Τ!) 本紙張又度適用中國國豕標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公梦&gt; 81.9.20,000 203656 ΛΓ&gt; ΗΓ. 五、發明説明(7.) 幣自動支付機’其内部的儲金箱可被最適當及有效率的處 理° 有關本發明之要點,在此提種流通票據處理機器 ’包括·一個第二個機體具有多個裝配槽分離式存放前述 心第一個機體,及相對於前述之多個裝配槽的多個第二個 開口,當前述之第一個機體在裝配槽内時,前述之第二個 開口設計在與前述之第一個開口相通的位置,一個第一個 控制器電路配在上述之第—個機體内,控制上述之支出裝 置和傳送裝置;一個第二個控制器電路配在上述之第二個 機體内,控制上述之第一個控制器電路;及連接裝置由一 個配在上述之第一個機體上之第一個連接器,與配在上述 之第二個機體上之第二個連接器所組成,當上述之第一個 機體存放在裝配槽中,上述之第一個控制器電路連接到上 述第二個控制電路上。 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印製 有關本發明之另一個要點,在此提出一種流通票據處 理機器’其組成爲:一個手提式大小之第二個機體具有一 個裝配槽活動式儲存在上述之第一個機體,且具有一個第 二個開口當上述之第一個機體在裝配槽中時位在與第一個 開口相通的位置;操作裝置配置在上述之第二個機體上, 用手輸入指令和包括支付流通票據之要求的資訊;顯示裝 置配置在上述之第二個機體上,可看見地顯示上述之機器 情況及資料;一個第一個控制器電路配置在上述之第一個 機體内,控制上述之支出裝置及傳送裝置;第二個控制器 電路配置在上述之第二個機體内,依據上述之操作装置, 本紙張尺及適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297么、釐) 81.9.20,000 203656ΛΓ &gt; BG Central Bureau of Standards and Technology, β Industrial Consumer Cooperatives Co., Ltd. ¾ V. Description of the invention (5.) The round takes out the banknotes from the storage box, and a reversing roller when more than one strip of paper will occur at the same time Prevent the second or subsequent notes from being transferred. Stacking tends to occur in this payout institution, which is installed in the payment institution; therefore, the maintenance personnel must stop the operation of the entire machine to withdraw the payout institution, and then take out the stacked banknotes in order to eliminate the factors of the stacking lane and reset it to normal operation . As a result, due to the suspension of the entire operation of the machine, the service quality of the employee is deteriorated. ‘In order to perform the maintenance operation, although the remaining gold storage box is still operational, the maintenance personnel must stop all the operation of the machine. The controller unit has a memory to store control information such as the operation process and error status of the gold storage box. The operation process of the gold storage box includes the number of transactions and the total amount, and the error information includes the number of errors, such as stacking lanes. The control information stored in the δ memory is updated every time a new transaction occurs, and then, after the service provided by the machine is completed, it is sent out as the management of the number of processed banknotes, maintenance and inspection reference. In any case, in the earlier machine, there is no relationship between the storage control information and the gold storage box; therefore, it is impossible to obtain the operation status of each gold storage box. For example, it is impossible to cause more trouble from the information information that depends on the information cap that depends on the _ golden box. If the stacking occurs on a certain transfer channel, all the banknotes including the ongoing ones will be recovered to the recovery gold deposit. In other words, these banknotes and other New York exchanges have been delivered normally during the rails — they have been taken back to the storage company. Therefore, it is difficult to recognize that a problem has occurred in the gold storage box even if the personnel of the emergency care system make the gold storage box. This also leads to a reduction in the efficiency of managing paper money; \ ts: .uli1fij .. '&gt; Note &amp; Tobacco Item Ran Niu manuscript). Installed ... 1Γ. 丨 line 81.9.20,000 203656 Λ6 ΗΓ) Hydrocarbon Ministry Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, KK Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of invention (6.) Refund. If the negative person of the machine wants to perform a detailed inspection of the banknotes in the machine, the person in charge must take out the paid gold box and the recovered gold box from the machine. Since the gold storage box is locked, the person in charge unlocks the lock, calculates the paper tape in the gold storage box, and compares it with the result of the running account printed by the printer. The early active gold storage box was very large and heavy because it contained paper money disbursement institutions and delivery institutions. In any case, recent trends show that automatic banknote payment machines are installed in a kiosk far from the business premises of financial institutions. If it is a large and heavy gold storage box, it is very inconvenient to carry it to the business premises along with the running account, and it is often dangerous. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide a negotiable bill processing machine whose gold storage box can be managed under the most appropriate circumstances. The present invention proposes a bill automatic payment machine that pays bills according to an operator's instructions. A mechanism for paying out the banknotes stored in the storage box is installed in the body that constitutes the gold storage box, and the banknotes are discharged from the opening in the body. The banknote automatic payment machine is movably installed in the machine body, and it has a banknote extraction slot communicating with the opening. This machine can be equipped with more than one such gold storage box. In the latter example, the gold box controller is placed in the body to control operations such as payment or bill delivery. This machine also has a main controller, which controls the gold box controller according to the operator's instructions, and the two controllers are connected by a separate connector. A baffle and a recovery gold storage box are arranged in the gold storage box. The gold storage box controller guides the baffle toward the recovery gold storage box, and guides the banknotes that encounter delivery errors to the recovery gold storage box. From the above design, a paper is provided here -------------------- 玎 ------ line 7.-11-1. Reading--v! Li-rfu &gt;/;. i * ^ Item Ran 塡 写 本 T!) This paper is also applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 Gongmeng &gt; 81.9.20,000 203656 ΛΓ &gt; ΗΓ. V. Description of the invention (7.) The coin storage box of the 'coin automatic payment machine' can be handled in the most appropriate and efficient manner ° For the main points of the present invention, here is the circulation The 'note processing machine' includes a second body with a plurality of assembly grooves to store the first body of the core separately, and a plurality of second openings relative to the plurality of assembly grooves, when the first body When assembling the tank, the aforementioned second opening is designed to communicate with the aforementioned first opening, and a first controller circuit is arranged in the aforementioned first body to control the aforementioned payout device and transmission device ; A second controller circuit is arranged in the second body mentioned above, and controls the first controller circuit mentioned above; and the connecting device is composed of a first part arranged on the first body mentioned above. Connector, which is composed of the second connector on the second body, when the first body is stored in the assembly slot, the first controller circuit is connected to the second On the control circuit. Another point of the present invention printed by the S Industry and Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, here is proposed a circulating bill processing machine 'whose composition is: a second body of portable size has an assembly slot activity It is stored in the first body mentioned above and has a second opening. When the first body mentioned above is in the assembly slot, it is in a position communicating with the first opening; the operating device is arranged in the second body mentioned above Enter the instructions and information including the requirements for payment of negotiable instruments by hand; the display device is arranged on the second body mentioned above, which can visually display the above machine conditions and data; a first controller circuit is arranged on the above The first body controls the above-mentioned payment device and transmission device; the second controller circuit is configured in the second body mentioned above, according to the above The operating device, this paper ruler and the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 ohms, centimeters) 81.9.20,000 203656

五、發明説明(8 ) 控制上述第—個控制器電路和顯示裝置。 經濟部中央標準局§工消f合作社印製 理機ΓίΓΓ之另—個魏,在此提出—種流通票據處 -個支—㈣—辦存錢錢通票據;第 ::裝置,從上述之第一個貯存盒中支出流 傳送裝置傳送支出之流通票據;—個第二個機體: = 貯存盒,支出裝置,及傳送裝置,並且具有 :個第二_口,支出之流通票據從上述之第二個機體 經由上述之傳送裝置,遞送;—個 機械支出裝置内堆_ 一個上面, 體,第一個傳送裝置配置於上述之第三個機體内,從上·允 支出之流通票據傳送至指向上述之第三個: 體卜面的第—個位置;第三個傳送裝置配置在上述之第三 個機體内,傳送遞送至指向上述第三個機體外面之第二個 位置的流通票據至第-個位H個位置,當上述之第 ^個機體被堆#在另—個上面時,與相鄰某—個上述之第 個機體的第-個位置接在—起;第—個動力傳輸裝置配 置在上述之第三個機體中,經由第三個位置接受從上述之 第三個機體外面傳來的動力,傳輸動力至上述第二個及第 三個傳送裝置;及第二個動力傳輸裝置配置在上述之第三 個機體内,從第四個位置的上述之第三個傳送裝置傳出動 力,第四個位置,當上述之第三個機體堆疊在另—個之上 時,與相鄰某一個上述之第三個機體的第三個位置接在一 起,上述之第二個動力傳輸裝置,當上述之第三個機體堆 疊在另一個上面時,與相鄰上述第三個機體之上述第二個 本紙張又度適用中國园家標準(CNS)甲4规格⑵υ χ 297公货〉 ------------------. -----裝------訂------%I -'^'•L,VJ-,';r',l,-&gt;/ :;,*荠^#1!1&quot;本頁) 81.9.20,000 烴濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印絮 81·9·2〇,0〇〇 203656 A65. Description of the invention (8) Control the first controller circuit and display device mentioned above. The Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs § Gong Wei f Cooperative Society Printing Machine ΓίΓΓ another-Wei, here proposed-a kind of circulation bills office-a branch-㈣-office to save money and money bills; No .: device, from the above The first delivery box in the payment flow delivery device transfers the paid out bills; a second body: = storage box, payout device, and transfer device, and has: a second _ port, the paid out bills from the above The second body is delivered via the above-mentioned conveying device; a mechanical disbursement device is stacked _ one above, the body, and the first conveying device is arranged in the third body mentioned above, and is transferred from the top-permitted circulating bill to Pointing to the third of the above: the first position of the body plane; the third conveying device is arranged in the third body of the above and transmits the negotiable bills directed to the second position outside of the third body to The first position H position, when the above ^ th body is piled on top of the other, it is connected to the first position of the adjacent one of the above first body; the first power The transmission device is configured above Among the three bodies, the power from the outside of the third body mentioned above is received through the third position, and the power is transmitted to the second and third transmission devices; and the second power transmission device is arranged on the first In the three bodies, power is transmitted from the above-mentioned third transmission device in the fourth position. In the fourth position, when the above-mentioned third body is stacked on another one, it is The third position of the third body is connected together. When the above-mentioned second power transmission device is stacked on top of the other, the second body adjacent to the above-mentioned third body The paper is again applicable to the Chinese Gardener Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications ⑵υ χ 297 public goods> ------------------. ----- install ----- -Subscribe ------% I-'^' • L, VJ-, '; r', l,-&gt;/:;, * 荠 ^ # 1! 1 &quot; this page) 81.9.20,000 Hydrocarbon Printed by the Ministry of Central Standards Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative 81.9.20203656 A6

----一 —___ HG 五、發明説明(9.) 動力傳輸裝置機械式連接在一起;上述之機械支出装置另 包括:第四個傳送裝置,傳送遞至第一個位置之流通票據 至第一個開口,和驅動裝置,當上述之第三個機體被堆疊 上時,機械式連接至位在一端之上述第三個機體的上述第 一個動力傳輸裝置,供給動力至上述之第一個動力傳輸裝 置° 有關本發明之最後一個要點,在此提出一儲金箱,其 組成爲:偵測裝置配置在上述之第一個機體内,偵測流通 票據是否在正常的情況下,經由上述之傳送裝置傳送;一 個第二個貯存盒配置在上述之第一個機體内,儲存流通票 據;及選別裝置配置在上述之第一個機體類,且位在上述 之傳送裝置和上述之第一個開口之間,選擇性地引導經由 上述之傳送裝置遞送至第一個或第二個貯存盒之流通票據 ;及一個控制器電路配置在上述之第一個機體内,依據上 述之偵測裝置,控制上述之支出装置、傳送裝置和選別裝 置;上述之控制器電路,依據上述之偵測裝置偵測到流通 票據經由上述之傳送装置傳送時之不正常的情況,控制上 述之選別裝置導引遞送的流通票據至上述之第二個貯存盒 〇 ^片説明 以下詳細的説明配合附帶之圖片,本發明的目的及特 徵,將更爲清楚: 圖1爲與本發明有關之紙幣自動支付機實施例的外部 構造視圖; 適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297公釐) ------------------S-----装——----ir------故 (:&gt;?t!v.)..v«-Ifi;&gt;;t6.芥項# 硝寫本 Η) 203656---- 一 —___ HG V. Description of the invention (9.) The power transmission devices are mechanically connected together; the above-mentioned mechanical payment devices also include: a fourth transfer device, which transfers the negotiable notes delivered to the first location to The first opening, and the driving device, when the third body is stacked, mechanically connected to the first power transmission device of the third body at one end, supplying power to the first A power transmission device ° Regarding the last point of the present invention, a gold storage box is proposed here, which is composed of: the detection device is arranged in the first body mentioned above to detect whether the bills in circulation are under normal conditions, through The above-mentioned conveying device is conveyed; a second storage box is arranged in the above-mentioned first body to store the bills in circulation; and the sorting device is arranged in the above-mentioned first body, and is located in the above-mentioned conveying device and the above-mentioned first Between one opening, selectively guide the circulation notes delivered to the first or second storage box through the above-mentioned conveying device; and a controller circuit is arranged in the above In a body, according to the above-mentioned detection device, control the above-mentioned payment device, transmission device and sorting device; the above-mentioned controller circuit, according to the above-mentioned detection device, detects the abnormality of the negotiable bills transmitted through the above-mentioned transmission device In the case of the above, control the above-mentioned sorting device to guide the delivery of the bills in circulation to the second storage box above. The following detailed descriptions, together with the accompanying pictures, the purpose and features of the present invention will be more clear: Figure 1 is The external structure view of the embodiment of the banknote automatic payment machine related to the present invention; applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ----------------- -S ----- 装 ——---- ir ------ So (:>? T! V.) .. v «-Ifi; &gt;; t6. 鹹 项 # 織 写 本 Η ) 203656

五、發明説明(10.) 圖2顯示機器從圖1所示之剖面線π___π剖開的剖面 經濟部中央標準局Β工消t合作社印5代 ΙΒ · 圃, 圖3顯示儲金箱從圖1所示之剖面線η__π剖開的剖 面圖; 0 圖4顯示本實施例在圖1中之儲金箱的外部視圖; 圖5顯示本實施例中敞開的儲金箱; 圖6爲一方塊圖,有系統地表達本實施例中控制系統 結構化的功能; 圖7爲一圖片顯示一種在本實施例之上的鍵盤; 圖8及圖9顯示本實施例中,紙幣支出機構的特定例 予; 圖10至15爲一系列之圖片,用來輔助了解圖8及圖9 中機構的運轉; 圖16如圖8 —樣,顯示本實施例中,紙幣支出機構另 —種特定例子; 圖17爲一方塊圖,顯示部份控制系統控制機器構造中 紙幣支出機構; 圖18如圖17所示顯示一個控制系統的運轉流程圖; 圖19,20及21如圖11至15,爲一系列之囷片,輔助了 解圖16中所示機構的運轉; 圖22如圖8所示,顯示實施例中,紙幣支出機構特定 例子; 圖23爲一方塊圖,顯示部份在圖22中控制紙幣支出機 構的控制系統; ------------------;-----裝——----.玎------線 f 冶^間--·);;&quot;而之;T-fr?iJr!#&gt;ii'VT 參頁) 本紙張尺戍適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4岘格(210 X 297公;!έ ) 81.9.20,000 203656 五、發明説明() 圖24至27顯示在圖23中,控制系統的運轉流程圓; 圖28及圖29爲一系列圖片,輔助了解圖23中機構的運 轉; 圖30如圖8顯示另一種紙幣支出機構的特定例子; 圖31如圖17,爲一方塊圖顯示部份在圖30所示之控制 系統,控制紙幣支出機構; 圖32及圖33顯示如圖30所示控制系統運轉流程圖; 囷34至37片爲一系列囷片,輔助了解圖3〇中所示之機 構的運轉; 圖38爲與本發明有關之紙幣自動支付機構造的前視圖 圖39顯示圖38中所示剖面線χχχΐχ — ΧΧΧΙΧ剖開之機器 的示意剖面視圖; 圓40如圖3所示,爲圖38中儲金箱之剖面視圖; 圖41顯示一其上半部略去,開啓之下半部儲金箱; 圖42顯示本實施例中儲金箱之外部視圖; 圖43如圖42所示爲一儲金箱之雙排插入式開關(DIp) 的前視圖; 圖44爲功能方塊圖,有系統地顯示本實施例中控制 系統結構之例予; ί Λβ ΒΓ· Τί 圖45及圖46顯示分別在本實施例中貯存盒安全箱控制 器記憶體的管制資料及錯誤資料記錄的格式; 圖47及圖48顯示如圖中所示之控制系統正常運下 之流程圖; 本紙張Μ相中家辟(CNS)甲4 規格(210 X 297公笼 81.9.20,000 Αβ 203656 五、發明説明(12.) 圖49顯示當實施例中的控制系統發生堆疊時之運轉流 程圖的例子; 圖50顯示在本發明之另一實施例中敞開之儲金箱; 圖51顯示由圖50中剖面線LI 一 LI剖開之機器的剖面視 圃, 圖52顯示如圖51中所示之本實施例投影圖的部份放大 視圖; 圖53顯示本實施例投影囷之放大的前視圖; 圖54及55爲圖3或圖56及57所示之本實施例中,儲金 箱之部份放大剖視圖。其中,圖54顯示擋板如何引導紙幣 至紙幣出口,而圖55顯示擔板如何引導紙幣至回收儲金盒 _ $ 圖56如圖39所示,顯示與本發明有關之紙幣支付機另 一實施例的示意剖面視圖; 圖57如圖3所示,顯示圖56中儲金箱的剖面視圖; 圖58爲與本發明有關之紙幣自動支付機另一實施例的 外部視圖; 圖59爲圖58中機器内部示意侧面視圖; 圖60如圖3所示,顯示圖58中支出組件的示意剖面視 圖; 圖61爲有輔助了解本實施例中支出組件之驅動動力傳 輸機構圖; 圖62爲圖61中所示從箭頭Η之方向所看到之驅動動力 傳輸機構視圖;以及 ------------------;-----裝------ΪΓ------線-- (^•1:.閲,.!!';1)-而之;1*麥項办坫.&gt;?本頁) 烴濟部中央標箏易S工消费合作杜印¾ 本紙张又度適用中因國豕標华(CNS&gt;甲4規格(21〇 X 297公發) 81.9.20,〇〇〇 203656 Λ6 ΗΓ&gt;Fifth, the description of the invention (10.) Figure 2 shows a section of the machine taken from the section line π ___ π shown in FIG. 1 The Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau 工 工 t cooperative cooperative printed 5th generation IB · nursery, Figure 3 shows the gold box from the diagram 1 is a sectional view taken along the section line η__π; 0 FIG. 4 shows an external view of the gold storage box in FIG. 1 of this embodiment; FIG. 5 shows an open gold storage box in this embodiment; FIG. 6 is a block The diagram systematically expresses the structured functions of the control system in this embodiment; FIG. 7 is a picture showing a keyboard on top of this embodiment; FIGS. 8 and 9 show specific examples of paper money payment institutions in this embodiment I; Figures 10 to 15 are a series of pictures to assist in understanding the operation of the institutions in Figures 8 and 9; Figure 16 is as shown in Figure 8 to show another specific example of the paper money payment institution in this embodiment; 17 is a block diagram showing a part of the control system controlling the paper money disbursement mechanism in the machine configuration; FIG. 18 is a flow chart showing the operation of a control system as shown in FIG. 17; FIGS. 19, 20 and 21 are a series of figures 11 to 15 The film helps to understand the operation of the mechanism shown in Figure 16; 22 As shown in FIG. 8, it shows a specific example of the banknote payout mechanism in the embodiment; FIG. 23 is a block diagram showing a part of the control system that controls the banknote payout mechanism in FIG. 22; ---------- --------; ----- installed --------. 玎 ------ line f ^^ ----); &quot;while; T-fr? IJr ! # &gt; ii'VT reference page) This paper ruler applies to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 Dange (210 X 297 ;;) 81.9.20,000 203656 V. Description of invention () Figures 24 to 27 are shown in In Fig. 23, the operation flow of the control system is round; Figs. 28 and 29 are a series of pictures to assist in understanding the operation of the mechanism in Fig. 23; Fig. 30 shows a specific example of another paper money disbursement mechanism in Fig. 8; Fig. 31 is shown in Fig. 17 , Is a block diagram showing part of the control system shown in FIG. 30, which controls the banknote disbursement mechanism; FIGS. 32 and 33 show the flow chart of the operation of the control system shown in FIG. 30; 34 to 37 pieces are a series of pieces, Auxiliary understanding of the operation of the mechanism shown in FIG. 30; FIG. 38 is a front view of the structure of the banknote automatic payment machine related to the present invention. FIG. 39 shows the cross-sectional line shown in FIG. 38 Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of the gold storage box in FIG. 38; FIG. 41 shows a top half of the gold storage box is omitted, and the lower half of the gold storage box is opened; FIG. 42 shows this embodiment The external view of the gold storage box; FIG. 43 is a front view of a double row plug-in switch (DIp) of a gold storage box; FIG. 44 is a functional block diagram systematically showing the structure of the control system in this embodiment Example: ί Λβ ΒΓ · Τί Figure 45 and Figure 46 show the format of the control data and error data records of the storage box safety box controller memory in this embodiment; Figure 47 and Figure 48 show as shown in the figure The flow chart of the normal operation of the control system; the specifications of this paper M phase Zhongjiapi (CNS) A 4 (210 X 297 male cage 81.9.20,000 Αβ 203656 V. Description of the invention (12.) FIG. 49 shows the current example An example of the operation flow chart of the control system when stacking occurs; Figure 50 shows the open gold storage box in another embodiment of the present invention; Figure 51 shows the cross-sectional view of the machine cut by the section line LI-LI in Figure 50 , FIG. 52 shows a part of the projection view of this embodiment as shown in FIG. 51 Large view; FIG. 53 shows an enlarged front view of the embodiment of the projector of the present embodiment of the granary; FIGS. 54 and 55 to 56 and 57 of the present embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG embodiment, savings part enlarged sectional view of the tank. Among them, FIG. 54 shows how the baffle guides the banknotes to the banknote exit, and FIG. 55 shows how the stretcher guides the banknotes to the recovered gold storage box. $ 56. As shown in FIG. 39, another implementation of the banknote payment machine related to the present invention is shown. Example 57 is a schematic cross-sectional view; FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view of the gold storage box shown in FIG. 56 as shown in FIG. 3; FIG. 58 is an external view of another embodiment of the banknote automatic payment machine related to the present invention; FIG. 59 is FIG. 58 Fig. 60 is a schematic side view of the interior of the machine; Fig. 60, as shown in Fig. 3, shows a schematic cross-sectional view of the payout assembly in Fig. 58; Fig. 61 is a diagram of a driving power transmission mechanism to assist in understanding the payout assembly in this embodiment; Fig. 62 is Fig. 61 The view of the drive power transmission mechanism seen from the direction of arrow Η shown in the figure; and ------------------; ------------------ ΪΓ ------ LINE-- (^ • 1: .Read,. !! '; 1) -And it; 1 * Mai Xiangban Office. &Gt;? This page) Central Department of Hydrocarbon Economy Zheng Zhengyi S Industrial and consumer cooperation Du Yin ¾ This paper is again applicable to China Yinguo Biaohua (CNS &gt; A 4 specifications (21〇X 297 public) 81.9.20, 〇〇〇203656 Λ6 ΗΓ &gt;

而 •之 ίϊ 冉 塡 寫 本 Τι 線 81.9.20,000 裝 訂 A6And • ίϊ Ran 塡 written book Τι line 81.9.20,000 binding A6

五、發明説明() 203656 烴濟部中央標準局g工消费合作社印製 和信用卡。在此實施例中,它們最好是磁性卡片。同時 具有一個在卡片槽24之下的開口爲印有交易明細之對帳單 條紙的支出槽25。 在蓋子26裡面,一個讀卡機27配置在相對於卡片槽24 的位置。另外,有一個列表機28配置在相對於對帳單紙條 之支出槽25之位置。讀卡機27含有一未圖示之感測器,用 來偵測卡片之插入,以及一個磁頭29包括相關電路,用於 從卡片讀取資料而且也將資料寫在卡上。另外,有一個控 制整臺機器的控制器電路,也就是,主控制器配置在蓋 子26裡面。 在機器機體26a内,活動式裝入一個儲金箱31。儲金 箱31在—般標示參考數字爲400的區域内存放紙幣4〇,且 具有—機構用來支出紙幣。另配有一電源供應器32,供應 電力給機器的部分及零組件。同時,在機器前面面板上, 提取口22的旁邊,有一托盤2〇,且紙幣存放在托盤2〇上。 參考圖3 ’儲金箱31存放了大量的紙幣4〇,立在儲金 箱之一端。紙幣4〇被一平板41壓住平板由加壓器如彈簧( 未圖示)保持壓向圖上之右邊,而且一張紙幣4〇a,也就 是最右邊的一張,保持與拮取滾輪44相接觸。在拮取滾輪 44之表面覆蓋一種具高摩擦係數的材料。拮取滾輪44與一 個支出馬達45相連,以馬達(IV丨)45驅動作間歇性轉動;因 此,在正常的情況下,紙幣保持一設定的間隔後,一張一 張被向圖的上方支出。在拮取滾輪44的上方有一個進給滚 輪42 ’它以紙幣傳送之方向轉動,且有一個逆轉滾輪43,V. Description of the invention () 203656 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Hydrocarbon Economy and Consumer Cooperatives and credit cards. In this embodiment, they are preferably magnetic cards. At the same time, there is a payout slot 25 with an opening below the card slot 24 for statement slips printed with transaction details. Inside the cover 26, a card reader 27 is disposed relative to the card slot 24. In addition, there is a list machine 28 disposed at the position of the payout slot 25 with respect to the statement slip. The card reader 27 contains a sensor (not shown) for detecting the insertion of the card, and a magnetic head 29 includes related circuits for reading data from the card and also writing the data on the card. In addition, there is a controller circuit that controls the entire machine, that is, the main controller is disposed inside the cover 26. In the machine body 26a, a gold storage box 31 is movably loaded. The gold storage box 31 stores banknotes 40 in an area generally indicated with a reference number of 400, and has a mechanism for spending banknotes. There is also a power supply 32 to supply electricity to parts and components of the machine. At the same time, on the front panel of the machine, next to the extraction port 22, there is a tray 20, and the banknotes are stored on the tray 20. Referring to Fig. 3, the gold storage box 31 stores a large number of banknotes 40, and stands at one end of the gold storage box. The banknote 40 is pressed against a flat plate 41 by a presser such as a spring (not shown) to keep it pressed to the right in the figure, and a banknote 40a, which is the rightmost one, holds and picks the roller 44 contacts. The surface of the pick roller 44 is covered with a material with a high friction coefficient. The pick-up roller 44 is connected to a dispense motor 45, driven by the motor (IV 丨) 45 for intermittent rotation; therefore, under normal circumstances, after the banknotes maintain a set interval, one by one is dispensed above the figure . There is a feed roller 42 on top of the pick-up roller 44 which rotates in the direction of banknote transport and has a reverse roller 43,

------------------------裝------.玎------^ r^'-ls-*'!'l&lt;-'-&quot;rfu之if-*麥項再場寫本 PO 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(2l0 x四7公缓) 81.9.20,000 Λ6 B(i 203656 五、發明説明(15.) 它以反向轉動;因此,避免了一張以上紙幣同時傳送,換 句話説,只有唯一一張紙幣被.向上遞送。 從儲金箱31中支出的單一張紙幣保持在一對懸掛在滑 輪55上之運送帶或傳送皮帶46及47中,向圖上的左方傳送 。滑輪55與一傳送馬達48連接,也就是説,滑輪被傳送馬 達48驅動轉動,因此使傳送皮帶46及47移動。傳送馬達48 最好採用提供可變轉動速度的直流伺服馬達。傳送皮帶46 及47在運動中緊进的相互接觸,形成一個一定長度之紙幣 傳送通道109,如圈所示。延著這傳送通道1〇9,配有光 學感測器49及56,光學感測器49爲一種發射式光學感測器 ,且光學偵測是否有一張以上紙幣被同時傳送。光學感測 器56爲測量在不能對齊之情況下傳送的紙幣偏移角度的光 學感測器,並且,測量銀行票券的長度。兩個光學感測器 49及56組合成一個感測器71,圖6,檢查紙幣傳送的情況 Ο 如圖所示,在儲金箱31内,配有一回收盒51 ,其内存 放著一張以上相互重疊傳送的紙幣,或不能整齊傳送的紙 幣。爲了能完成上述之工作,一個可轉動的擋板5〇配置在 鄰近滑輪55的回收盒51上。擋板5〇的邊5〇a通常保持如圖 所示之實線的樣子,使之傾向支撐傳送皮帶47的滑輪55, 藉以導引傳送中的紙幣朝向紙幣支出槽58。若紙幣被偵測 到有上述之不正常的情況時,在儲金箱控制器33的控制下 ,擋板50被電磁鐵39轉動至圖上所示虚線部份的位置,藉 此引導傳送中的紙幣至回收盒51中。由此種設計,紙带在 -----------------------裝------,ίτ------♦ &lt;.;Λ·.ι·.!¥.ι..-!!竹* 之注念负?-'4堵寫本π) 經濟部中*標Ψ总g工消费合作社印絮 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公釐) 81.9.2〇,〇〇〇------------------------ installed ------. 玎 ------ ^ r ^ '-ls- *'! ' l &lt; -'- &quot; rfu of if- * Mai Xiang re-written PO This paper is again applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (2l0 x four 7 public slow) 81.9.20,000 Λ6 B Description of the invention (15.) It rotates in the reverse direction; therefore, it avoids the simultaneous transfer of more than one bill, in other words, only one bill is delivered upward. The single bill paid out of the gold storage box 31 remains In a pair of conveyor belts or conveyor belts 46 and 47 suspended on the pulley 55, they are conveyed to the left in the figure. The pulley 55 is connected to a conveyor motor 48, that is, the pulley is driven and rotated by the conveyor motor 48, so that The conveyor belts 46 and 47 move. The conveyor motor 48 is preferably a DC servo motor that provides a variable rotation speed. The conveyor belts 46 and 47 are in tight contact with each other during the movement to form a bill transport channel 109 of a certain length, such as a circle Along the transmission channel 109, equipped with optical sensors 49 and 56, the optical sensor 49 is a radiating optical sensor, and optically detects whether there is more than one banknote Transmission. The optical sensor 56 is an optical sensor that measures the offset angle of the banknotes transported in the case of misalignment, and measures the length of the bank note. The two optical sensors 49 and 56 are combined into one sensor The device 71, FIG. 6, checks the conveyance of banknotes. As shown in the figure, in the gold storage box 31, there is a recovery box 51 in which one or more banknotes that are overlapped and transferred, or banknotes that cannot be transferred neatly are stored. In order to accomplish the above work, a rotatable baffle 50 is arranged on the recovery box 51 adjacent to the pulley 55. The side 50a of the baffle 50 generally maintains the solid line as shown in the figure, making it tend to The pulley 55 supporting the conveying belt 47 guides the transported banknotes toward the banknote discharge slot 58. If the banknotes are detected to have abnormal conditions as described above, under the control of the gold box controller 33, the shutter 50 It is rotated by the electromagnet 39 to the position of the dotted line shown in the figure, thereby guiding the banknotes being transported to the recovery box 51. With this design, the paper tape is in ------------ ----------- 装 ------, ίτ ------ ♦ &lt;.; Λ · .ι ·.! ¥ .ι ..- !! 竹 * 之Remember negative?-'4 block copy π) The Ministry of Economy's * standard Ψ total g industrial consumer cooperatives printed papers are again applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 81.9.2. 〇〇〇

Afi 203656 五、發明説明() 不正常的情況下,避免呈給使用者。紙幣支出槽58面向機 器的拮取窗口22,清楚的在圖2中。如此,僅在正常的遞 送下之紙幣容許支出至拮取窗口 22。 參考圖3,有一個增加的光學感測器57介於紙幣支出 槽58及傳送皮帶46的滑輪55之間。這個感測器57爲一種光 學感應裝置用來偵測紙幣傳送終了。若儲金箱控制器33經 由感測器57從儲金箱31中支出紙幣經一段設定的時間之 後,未能偵測到紙幣傳送終了,則確定紙幣已在傳送通道 109中發生堆疊。然後,儲金箱控制器33計算由感測器單 元57偵測的紙幣張數,及根據此計算來管理從儲金箱31支 出紙幣之張數。 參考圖4及5加上圖3,儲金箱31有一下底殼53及上 蓋54。後者用鉸鏈52連在前者上,後者可由箭頭b之方向 開關。從圖4清晰可見,儲金箱31設計成手提式,且有一 把手60在上蓋。另外,有一個鎖61配置在紙幣支出開口58 的下方,且當下底殼53與上蓋54合上時,若鎖鎖上,它防 止下底殼及上蓋相互分離。下底殼配有支出馬達必、傳送 馬達48、拮取滾輪44、進給滚輪42、反轉滾輪43、平檯41 以及回收盒51。另外,上蓋54配有滑輪55、傳送皮帶46及 47、擋板50、以及感測器49及56。 參考囷6,機器之控制器系統包括控制整個機器的主 控制器30,及位於儲金箱31中控制儲金箱的儲金箱控制器 33。儲金箱㈣器33由-雜電腦或遲輯電路所組成,並 監督及控制包括在儲金箱31中部分料轉。·儲金箱控 ------------------」-----裝------.玎------線 —^tIVJ'.'.rlt-t-c;!*^^#^^^^) 經濟部中央標準曷R工消费合作社印奴 本紙張尺度適用中西西家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297 81.9.20,000 203656 A6 m 經濟部中央標準曷員工;«費合作社印*1表 五、發明説明(〗?) 制器33’冑#儲存放用來執行控制之控制程序的唯讀記 隐體⑽34及-個暫時儲存㈣資料及結果的随機記憶 體(RAM) 35相互連接。關於本實施例的特徵爲從機器依據 使用者的操作執行交易結果的資料,存放在暫存記憶體35 中、’此過程將有更詳細之描述。這些完成交㈣果的資料 存放在由一自備電池38支撐之記憶體中35,保持記憶體内 谷,將在後面描述。附帶地,作爲一個存放如完成交易之 資料的儲存介質,它種儲存介質譬如磁碟片或是電子可清 除可程式唯讀記憶體(EEPR0M)也許更合適作爲暫存記憶體 35° 另外,有—個驅動器36及一個感測器讀取電路35連接 到儲金箱控制器33上。依據控制器電路輸出之控制信號, 驅動器36驅動馬達45及46以及電磁鐵39,而電磁鐵39移動 擋板50。感測器讀取電路37接收到由感測器57及71得到之 感測信號,並將其傳送至儲金箱控制器33。儲金箱控制器 33也接至電池38。儲金箱控制器33由連接線33a分離式連 接至主控制器30上,且當相連的時候,由機器主要,组件之 電源32來提供電力。電池38爲一直流自備電源,當儲金箱 31與機器分離時,保持電源供給。驅動器36連接至支出馬 達45、傳送馬達48以及用來轉動擋板50的電磁鐵39。 機器的主控制器30也包括一個微電腦或邏輯電路,並 管理及控制整台機器的運轉。電源32供電給主控制器30及 其他在機器中的電路。主控制器30連接至一個鍵盤介面72 ,將輸入信號由輸入顯示器23的輸入功能23b解碼並傳送 -----------------------裝------IT------線-- 本紙张尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4规格(2〗〇 X 297公釐) 81.9.20.000 20365b A6 Bfi 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印¾ 五、發明説明(18.) 至主控制器30。另外,主控制器3〇連接至一個顯示驅動器 73,使得輸入顯示器23的顯示功能23a依據由主控制器30 傳來的控制信號顯示資料。上述讀卡機27經由磁性卡片讀 取裝置74連接至主控器3〇。磁性卡片讀取裝置74有一個從 讀卡機27接收信號的功能,並將其傳送至主控制器3〇。 另外,對帳單印表機28連接印表機控制器,且經由介面75 連接至主控器30。印表機控制器及介面7$有一個依據由主 控制器30所產生之控制信號驅動印表機的功能。 操作時,第一步操作者將磁卡插入卡片槽24中。由讀 卡機27的感測器偵知卡片插入後,讀卡機27經由磁頭29讀 取卡片中儲存的資料。讀到的顧客資料被傳送至磁卡讀取 電路74,資料由主控制器3〇經磁卡接收。主控制器3〇檢查 包含於所接收的資料中,金融機構的代碼、帳號及顧客代 碼等的有效性。若檢查結果顯示屬於某一顧客之資料無誤 可以交易,則主控制器3〇,經由連接線33a傳送顧客資料 至儲金箱控制器33。儲金箱控制器33也將這些資料儲存於 暫時記憶體35中。若主控制器30決定不交易,例如:由收 到的資料的有效檢查,發現卡片上資料内容有誤的情況, 依據如是測試控制輸入顯示器23顯示此一狀況,並控制讀 卡機27退回卡片。 主控制器30控制顯示驅動器73使輸入顯示器23顯示鍵 盤23c,如圖7,藉此提示操作者輸入需求總額。操作者 觸壓键盤23c上之鍵選擇,•提款&quot;交易的種類,然後,輸 入提款總额。表示輸入的交易種類及總额的信號經由鍵盤 -----------------------裝------ΪΤ------故、 .Ϊ-Ι1·-Ι!ν.ι'·.ΐι1而之;ϊ*卞甲冉塡.ντ 本T!) 本紙張又度適用中因國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(2〗〇 X 297公釐) 81.9.20,000 A(i ,0365b 五、發明説明(19.) 介面72轉換成對應的内碼,並傳送至主控制器3〇。然後, 主控制器30傳送關於交易種類及總额的資料至顯示器驅動 器73’因此資料顯示在輸入顯示器23上。輸入顯示器η同 時也顯示鍵盤23c。然後操作者確認顯示之資料,且在鍵 盤23c上,圖7,按下”取消&quot;鍵或,•確認”鍵。當顯示 提款總額在輸入顯示器23上時,若操作者確認在輸入顯示 器23上顯示之資料,並按下”確認,,鍵,則主控制器3〇使 得儲金知控制器33存入關於提款總额之資料於暫存記憶體 35。相反地,若按下,,取消”鍵,則主控制器3〇因此動作 而使得儲金箱控制器33從暫存記憶體35中消除包括總额的 交易資料,並控制顯示器驅動器73改變顯示在輸入顯示器 23上之總额爲然後,系統等候下次輸入操作。 若按下”確認”鍵,則控制轉至儲金箱控制器33,且 開始紙幣支出運轉。主控制器30控制驅動器36驅動傳送皮 帶48,然後,驅動支出馬達45。根據這些動作,支出滾輪 42開始轉動。在此時支出滚輪42提高與拮取滾輪44相接觸 之紙幣40a,並與反轉滾輪43之功能配合遞送唯--張紙 幣40a至傳送皮帶46及47間。 在此時,由於馬達48的轉動,傳送皮帶46及47已經開 始移動。從儲金箱31支出的單一張紙幣40a持在兩傳送皮 帶46及47間向圖上左方傳送。在傳送期間,傳送情況監視 感測器71輸出代表紙幣狀況的信號,且此信號經由感測器 讀取電路37送至儲金箱控制器33 °儲金箱控制器33利用此 由傳送狀況監視感測器71所得之監視信號判斷是否有一張 -----------------------裝------ir------象 f.;-vt5-'*.?ilr&lt;flJ-i;t;&amp;^Jfi#Jfl:ii:‘Ti) 經濟部中央標箏局B工消费合作社印32 本紙張尺·度適用中國园家標準(CNS) f 4规格(210 X 297公釐) 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印52 203656 五、發明説明(2Q ) 以上之紙幣被傳送,並且,量得紙幣倾斜的角度,以便檢 查紙幣之進行情形。若在紙幣傳送時沒有不正常的情況, 則儲金箱控制器33保持擂板50在圖3上所示之實線位置或 54,藉此支出傳送中的紙幣至收集盤2〇中。在本實施例中 ,從儲金箱31中支出紙幣的運轉,以及傳送紙幣至收集盤 20中’皆在儲金箱31中執行,如上所述。因此,甚至紙幣 傳送時發生阻塞,僅將有問題的儲金箱31從機器21移開, 然後,將鎖61打開從阻塞中重新安置儲金箱31。另外,當 阻塞的儲金知31移開後,另一個儲金箱31可安裝在機器μ 中。用這樣的方法,機器21的運轉效率被改進,且顧客服 務品質也不會變壞。 當紙幣支出至提取窗口22時,傳送完成的感測器57產 生表示紙幣的支出之信號。那個信號被儲金箱控制器汨經 由感測器讀取電路37接收,且儲金箱控制器泊將儲存於暫 存記憶體35中關於這項交易的總额減去一張紙幣;藉此更 新暫存記憶體35中之總額資料。若更新的資料顯示一値不 爲”0”,則儲金箱控制器33持績下一張紙幣支出的運轉。 在這種情況下,儲金箱控制器33持續支出的運轉直到存放 於暫存§己憶體35中之總额資料顯示出一個空餘額”〇,,。 若減的結果爲,則儲金箱控制器33讀取暫存記憶 體35中之帳號、交易種類、交易總额及相關的交易資料等 ,且由連接線33a傳送那些交易資料,伴隨指示交易結束 的信號至主控制器30。主控制器3G控韻示器购器乃在 輸入顯示器23上顯示支出運轉已結束。指出交易結束之顯 I紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(21〇 X 297公梦) —----- -裝——----·玎------1 r^t閱λ&quot;!'-;ϊ·面-&gt;;!.* 私項 4^ν:ϊ 本π) 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標準局8工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明(21.) 示最好用顯示總额爲”0”來代表。同時,主控制器3〇傳送 交易資料至印表機控制器及介面電路75,並控制電路75使 印表機28印出交易明細。印表機28印出交易明細的記錄, 然後由槽25支出它當作對帳單。在此同時,主控制器3〇控 制顯示器驅動器73重置輸入顯示器23的顯示幕至初始顯示 幕。 而且,依據從傳送狀況監視感測器71經由感測器讀取 電路37接收到的監視信號’及紙幣在傳送期間指示紙幣的 傳送狀況,若控制器33偵測到是否有一張以上之紙幣被傳 送,或偵測到歪斜超過限制,換句話説,備測到傳送不正 常時,則由驅動器36激發擔板驅動電磁鐵39 ;藉此,擒板 50轉至圖3所示的虚線的位置,或55更詳細;且因此,紙 幣通道轉向回收儲金盒51,如此,保持在傳送帶妨及们間 之不正常情況下的紙幣,由回收儲金盒51收回。在這個時 候,儲金知控制器33不會更新保持在暫存記憶禮%中之總 數餘額資料,但表示發生在紙幣傳送中之不正常情況的資 料存放在暫存記憶體35中。然後,儲金箱控制器幻重新試 著從儲金箱31中支出新紙幣。 儲金箱控制器33在暫存記憶體3S中保持—組—組的交 易資料,如確認的資料;每一組交易資料屬於—次交易並 包括如顧客帳號、交易總额、表示交易種類,例如··現在 的交易爲一種支付等的資訊。那些確認的資料保存在暫存 記憶體35巾,起碼保持糾在機器的巾央電腦内之特定= 客的播案被更新。從這樣的設計,很清楚地,所有關於在 本紙張尺茂適用中a國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------------U ----装——----1T------線 (iiritIVJ^背面之;±意事Jfi再塡寫本頁) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 五、發明説明(22_) 機器中交易明細的資料,存放在儲金箱31中的暫存記憶體 内。這些資料由電池38自備電源支撐。因此,甚至因某些 因素儲金箱31必需從機器中移開,由電職提供之電力終 斷,暫存記憶體35中記憶内容由電池38保存著。 金融機構及顧客間眞正交易進行的線上系統包括它的 中央電腦或處理器、終端裝置及經由電信線連接至電腦的 終端控制器。當服務結束後,本實施例中的紙幣自動支付 機21由金融機構中負责此機器的員工帶回營業辦公處,用 電欖經由終端控制器的通道或是接上電信線的數據機與線 上系統相連接。然後,運用傳輸碼在控制器3〇及33的控制 下將資料傳送至中央電腦。當中央電腦已完成邏辑通路時 ,儲金箱控制器電路33讀取存放在暫存記憶體35中的交易 資料,並將那些資料資料傳送至中央電腦。已經傳送的交 易資料,從§己憶體35中消除,藉此避免相同之資料的重複 傳送。當中央電腦接收到交易資料後,依據資料中如交易 種類及交易總额,更新包含在資料中關於顧客帳號的帳目 檔案,完成此次交易的程序。 本實施例中的機器21使得一個在儲金箱31中之現金詳 細檢査的簡易執行成爲可能。負責人員打開機器21的蓋子 26 ’並解開儲金知31拿出機器21之外。只有儲金箱μ移送 至營業辦公處。如前所述,儲金箱31中不僅含有餘下的紙 幣40,而且也含有儲存交易資料的暫存記憶體35,以及儲 存遇到傳送失敗之紙幣的回收儲金盒51。因此,爲了精確 地檢査現金及管理過程,只有儲金箱31必需在辦公室内解 -------------------------裝-------.訂-------線 P - -诸先閲&quot;背面之注念麥項再項寫本頁) 部 中 榡 聲 0} β Μ 费 合 作 社 印 本紙張尺及適用中因®家標準(CNS&gt;甲4規•格(2丨0 X 297公笔) 81.9.20,000 A6 A6 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 3656 五、發明説明(忍) 開。不用説,因機器爲手提式,所以可以被傳送至辦公室 做詳細檢査。 圖8及9局部地顯示其它別種爲紙幣自動支付機⑽ 設权儲金箱31。囷中,類似的零組件或結構元件標示成 像參考數字-樣’且簡化省略多餘的描述。在此實施例中 ’拮取滾輪44有-由高摩擦材料所組成的周固表面,且以 預設的區間安裝在拮取滾輪轴124上。拮取滚輪44固定在 一個凸出物175上,具有棘輪176,位在其中間,並有轴 承177位在兩端。拮取滾輪44經由棘輪176的中介安裝於 拮取滾輪軸124上。 、 以支出紙幣40 (在圖8上順時針方向)的方向轉動枯 取滾輪44所需之轉動力,從馬達必經由皮帶136傳至括^ 滾輪軸124。棘輪於適當之位置下,當拮取滾輪抽依順時 針方向轉動時,馬達45的驅動力傳至拮取滾輪44 ;藉此以 順時針的方向轉動拮取滚輪44。 當馬達4S不動時,若想以順時針方向轉動括取滾輪料 ,則拮取滚輪44可自由地以上述之方向相對於拮取輪軸 124轉動。另外,因每—個括取滾輪44經由它本身之棘輪 176爲中介安裝在拮取滾輪抽124上,且馬達不動時, 它可依順時針方向各自獨立轉動。 在此實施例中,兩個光學感測器178及179 ,配置在 靠近從儲金箱31中支出之傳送通道的進入點。當感測器之 伽彳到紙幣40a的先前端,產生停止馬祕轉動的 诚。依據另-光學感測器179 _到紙幣.的末端被 表纸張taa家料(cnts)甲4規格⑵() 丨丨 I I i I i I 訂^— i 81-9.20,000 A6 B6 五、發明説明(24.) 拉完,其先前端已被光學感測器178侦測到,儲金箱控制 器33產生轉動馬達45的信號。介於位在傳送通道log入口 端之滾輪55-1、光學感測器178、拮取滾輪44以及進給滾 輪42之相對位置被固定,因此在紙幣4〇a之先前端正好到 達到感測器178的偵測點C時,光學感測器178可以偵測到 紙幣40的先前端,也就是説,正在這個時候,當紙幣4〇a 末端正好離開括取滾輪44之後,紙幣40a的先前端正好立 刻被傳送皮帶46及47抓住;換句話説,這些零組件的相關 位置已被建立,因此光學感測器178偵測紙幣40a先前端 位置C,從紙幣40a開始在傳送通道入口端之傳送皮帶46 及47被抓住的位置,稍微移向紙幣4〇的傳送方向。處理— 種以上在傳送方向E上有不同的長度的紙幣自動支付機設 計成滿足上述最短紙幣的條件。 另一個光學感測器179被設置,因此當紙幣40a的末 端從進給滾輪42分離後,紙幣40a的末端被這光學感測器 179偵測到,換而言之,這光學感測器179偵測到紙幣4〇a 之末端的位置,從進給滚輪42和紙幣40a的接觸位置稍微 移向傳送方向。 經濟部中央標準房员工消费合作社印&quot; 此實施例中的紙幣自動支付機可以處理一種以上在傳 送方向上具有不同長度的紙幣,例如:日圓紙鈔(在傳送 方向上約爲76mm長)而美金紙鈔(約爲66mm長)。首先, 支出兩種紙鈔中較短之美金紙幣的運轉,描述在有關美金 紙幣和日本曰圓紙幣在箱中被同時處理。 在囷10中,拮取滾輪44和進給滚輪42接受馬達45的驅 8K9.20.000 本紙张又度適用中國0家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297 H &gt; 2036¾6 Λ6 B6 經濟部中央標孕局8工消费合作杜印¾ 五、發明説明(25ι) 動力以順時針方向轉動;藉此向上支出與拮取滚輪44接觸 之最旁邊的紙幣40a。附帶地,拮取滾輪44和進給滚輪42 的周邊速度設定在,例如:1,000 mm/sec,且傳送皮帶46 及47之線速度設定在,例如:i,8〇〇 mm/see〇 在圖Π中,支出之紙幣4〇a的先前端保持在傳送皮帶 46和47之間。因傳送皮帶46和47之線速度大於拮取滾輪44 和進給滚輪42的周邊速度,所以紙幣4〇a如同被從拮取滾 輪44和進給滚輪42拉開地傳送。傳送皮帶46和47具有足夠 的傳送力來拉離紙幣40a。 在圖12中,當用傳送皮帶46和47將紙幣40a向上傳送 時,紙幣40a的先前端到達由光學感測器178偵測紙幣先 前端的偵測點C。當光學感測器178偵測到紙幣40a的先 前端時,由儲金箱控制器33輸出停止馬達45的信號,藉以 停止馬達45 ;因此,依順時針方向驅動之拮取滾輪44和進 給浪輪42的轉動變成靜止。 現在,在此種設計成能同時處理美金和日圓紙幣之實 施例的機器内,光學感測器之一 178被設置,因此在兩者 間較短之美金紙幣40a的先前端到達偵測點c,而且,當 紙幣的先前端已被保持在傳送皮帶46和47之間的時候,紙 幣40a的末端從拮取滚輪44離開。若位置的相關性爲如紙 幣40a的先前端在紙幣4〇a被保持於傳送皮帶46及47之間 前到達偵測點C,則拮取滾輪44和進給滾輪42支出紙幣40a 的運轉,在紙幣被保持於傳送皮帶46及47間之前停止,阻 礙了傳送皮帶46及47拉開紙幣。反過來説,若位置的相關 -------------------1 ----裝—-----ir------線 L (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再項寫本頁) 本紙张又度適用中國Η家標準(CNS)甲4规格(21〇 X 297公笼) 81.9.20.000 9. A6 B6 經 濟 部 中 ★ 標 準 Ά 工 消 费 合 作 社 印 五、發明説明(2&amp;) 性爲如紙幣40a的先前端在紙幣40a的末端,從拮取滾輪 44離開之後到達偵測點C,則下一張紙幣沒有空出任何間 隔於前後紙幣之間的情況下由拮取滾輪44支出。爲了避免 如是情況的發生,光學感測器之一 178如上所述地設置。 回到圖9,棘輪137被設置在裝置進給滾輪42的進給 滚輪軸130和懸掛從馬達45傳輸驅動力之皮帶136的滑輪 135之間。換句話説,因進給滾輪軸130可以相對於滑輪 135自由轉動,甚至當馬達45靜止時,進給滾輪42可以 依順時針方向參考圖8自由地旋轉。因此,當紙幣4〇a被 傳送皮帶46及47拉開時,馬達45在靜止的情況下進給滚輪 42可自由地轉動,換句話説,當有一反抗拉力的負荷時進 給滾輪42不做功。 在圖10至13中的運轉步驟有關於紙幣4〇a爲美金紙幣 的例子。若日圓紙幣被支出,則其運轉如圖14所示。紙幣 40a的先前端被光學感測器178偵測到,造成馬達45停止 轉動;藉此拮取滾輪44和進給滚輪42的轉動停止。在此時 ,紙幣40a的末端仍然與拮取滾輪44保持接觸。無論如何. ,如前所述,這種設計爲如當馬達45靜止時,拮取滾輪44 被要求以順時針方向旋轉,由於棘輪176裝設在拮取滚輪 44和拮取滾輪軸124之間,拮取滾輪可以延著拮取滾輪軸 124自由轉動;因此,當紙幣4〇a被傳送皮帶46及47拉開時 ,甚至馬達45爲靜止狀態,拮取滾輪44可以自由地旋轉, 換句話説,在有一反此種拉力之負荷時進給滾輪42不做功 ------------------I-----装-------訂------線-- {清先間讀背面之注意事項再瑣寫本頁) 表紙張又度適用中西國家標準(CNS〉甲4规格(2丨0 X 297么'兑) 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標準局負工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(27.) 在圖13中,保持於傳送皮帶46及47間傳送中之前面一 張紙幣40a之末端,到達被光學感測器179偵測到之紙幣 的偵測點D。當光學感測器179侦測到紙幣4〇a的末端, 從儲金箱控制器33產生重新啓動馬達4S轉動的信號。馬達 45開始以拮取滾輪44和進給滾輪42的順時針方向旋轉啓動 ,支出紙幣,並且後面一張紙幣40b將與前面一張紙幣40a 一樣的步驟支出。 囷15爲一平面視囷,顯示在傾斜的情況下,紙幣4〇a 如何支出。此圖將用來了解爲什麼兩個括取滾輪44分別配 有它們各自的棘輪176。一對光學感測器178設置在垂直 於紙幣傳送方向的兩邊。若前面一張紙幣4〇a發生在傾斜 的情況下支出(在圖中右邊領先左邊),紙幣4〇a的右邊 先前端首先被右邊的光學感測器178偵測到。因爲這樣的 偵測,所以馬達45的轉動暫停,造成停止拮取滾輪44和進 給滚輪42的轉動。 在此情況下,右邊的括取滾輪44已經沒有接觸到紙幣 40a,但是左邊的拮取滾輪44仍保持與紙幣4〇a相接觸, 因紙幣40a的部份末端尚在左邊的拮取滾輪44之後面,正 好與滾輪接觸L公厘(mm)之長度。因此,若結構上爲每一 個拮取滾輪44未分別配置它自己的棘輪137,例如:若棘 輪137僅裝置在與進給滾輪轴130和滑輪135之間,像装 進給滾輪42的做法一樣,當紙幣4〇a被傳送皮帶46和47拉 開時,左邊的拮取滚輪44旋轉L的長度支出紙幣40a。無 論如何,在此時,右邊的拮取滾輪44也旋轉總量等於L的 {諳先閲&quot;背面之注念事項再瑣寫各茛) 衣紙張尺茂適用中西a家櫺準(cns&gt;甲4 *見格(2丨0 X 2!w公發) 81.9.20,000 f2 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局β工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(迅) 長度支出紙幣40a。另外,在此時,右邊的拮取滾輪44已 經接觸到下面一張紙幣4〇b ;因此,下面一張紙幣40b的 右邊也多支出L的長度,造成下面一張紙幣40b傾斜。 爲了避免此種情況,在此實施例,左右拮取滚輪44各 自擁有它們的棘輪176。用這樣的設計,甚至於左邊的拮 取滾輪44轉動了總量等於L的長度,多支出紙幣40a L的 長度,右邊的拮取滾輪44還是保持靜止;因此,下面一張 紙幣40b不會歪斜送出,反之亦然。 在此實施例中,結構如棘輪137裝在固定進給滾輪42 之進給滾輪軸130和滑輪135之間。無論如何,代之,每 一個進給滚輪42如同每一個拮取滚輪44一樣可以各自擁有 它們自已的棘輪。 參考圖16,單一個光學感測器180設置在另一種紙幣 支出機構的例子中。當紙幣40的先前端被光學感測器180 偵測到時,從儲金箱控制器發出停止支出馬達45轉動的信 號。並且,當紙幣40的先前端被光學感測器180偵測到時 ,儲金箱控制器33開始計時,並經過一段設定的時間之後 ,產生轉動支出馬達45的信號。介於位在傳送通道109入 口端的滑輪55—1、光學感測器180、拮取滾輪44及進給 滚輪42的位置關係已被設定,因此當紙幣4〇的先前端到達 光學感測器180偵測到的位置時,紙幣40的末端從與抬取 滾輪44接觸中釋放開來,並且,因此在紙幣4〇的先前端被 保持在傳送皮帶46和47之間後,此紙幣40的先前端立即被 光學感測器偵測到;也就是説,偵測點C設置在傳送通道 ------------------I------裝II----•玎------線 {請%閲ΐ··Μ背面之;±念事項再堉寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS&gt;甲Ο見格(21〇 X 297公釐〉 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標準局β工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(2a) 109入口端,從紙幣40開始被傳送皮帶46和47抓住的位置 ’稍微偏移向傳送或傳遞方向E的位置。若是一種以上在 傳送方向E上有不同長度之紙幣,則設計成使其適於在£ 方向最短的紙幣。 圖17顯示控制如上述支出機構之儲金箱控制器33的特 殊結構。由光學感測器180依具紙幣先前端之偵測,儲金 箱控制器33產生停止支出馬達45轉動的信號。儲金箱控制 器33具有一計時器186,且依具紙幣先前端的偵測,這計 時器186開始計時,並且經過一段設定的時間之後,控制 器33產生一重新啓動支出馬達45轉動的信號。 參考圖18,儲金箱控制器33產生一命令開始支出運轉 ,藉此轉動支出馬達45 (步驟201 )。如圖19中所示,拮 取滾輪44和進給滾輪42被支出馬達45的旋轉所帶動支出紙 幣。如圖20中所示,光學感測器180確定紙幣的先前端是 否被偵測到(步驟202 ),且若被偵測到,支出馬達45暫 停(步驟203 )。在此同時,當紙幣40a的先前端由感測 器180偵測到時,計時器186開始計時。支出馬達45停止 後,它確認是否已支出設定的張數(步驟204 )。若是最 後一張紙幣尚未被支出,則計時器186從紙幣的先前端在 步驟202被偵測到的時間開始計時。經過一段設定的時間 長度之後’例如:經過20微秒(ms),支出馬達45旋轉繼續 支出運轉(步驟205 ),如圖21所示。 若它確定最後一張紙幣已經在步驟204被支出,則支 出運轉結束(步驟206 )。 ------------------4 ----裝——----.玎------線- &lt;請先閱冶背面之注*事項再填寫本頁) 本紙张又度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4规格(2丨0 X 2(J7 H ) 81·9·20,〇〇〇 經濟部中央標準匈8工消费合作社印*',农 五、發明説明(3Q) 若紙幣的先前端在步驟202沒有偵測到,開始計時( 步驟207 ),且經過一設定的時間長度後,例如:經過 500微秒(ms) ’右·紙幣的先前端仍未彳貞測到,它確定支出 或分離運轉已經失敗,或已發生堆擠,且當發生堆擠錯誤 時’機器的交易功能被停止(步驟208 )。設定時間長度 的値被設定在使介於連續兩張紙幣之間隔,不使後面一張 紙幣40b的先前端進入介在前面一張紙幣4〇a的末端和進 給滚輪42之間變得越小越好。 而且在此特殊的例子中,光學感測器180設在上述的 位置上,且兩個拮取滾輪44經由它們各自的棘輪176 之介質分別獨立安裝在從支出馬達45接收驅動力而轉動的 拮取滾輪軸124上;因此,和第一個例子一樣,它可以處 理一種以上在傳送方向上具不同長度的紙幣,如:美金紙 幣和曰圓紙幣。另外,左右拮取滚輪44分別具有它們自己 的棘輪176 ;因此,甚至因爲如第一個例子所述之相同因 素,使得前面一張紙幣40a,在歪斜的情況下支出,不會 影響到下面一張紙幣40b。 圖22顯示另一種變化之紙幣傳送機構的構造。此例包 括回收儲金盒51和擋板50。在這特殊的結構中,在完成支 出一設定數目的紙幣之運轉後,若有一張多餘不應該支出 的紙幣被引導入最後一張設定數目紙幣的支出運轉而支出 ,且由光學感測器179偵測到這張紙幣的先前端,控制器 執行儲存這張紙幣於回收儲金盒51中,不再支出下面一張 紙幣。 本纸張適用中西园家樣準(CMS) f 4规格(21〇 X 297公货 81.9.20,000 -----------------------裝------ΐτ------線 ΑΓ) Β6 五、發明説明(3U 參考囷23,儲金箱控制器33具有一個調節馬達45轉速 的控制器189,且此轉速控制器189調整支出馬達45的轉 速,因此把被拉出之最後一張紙带,已經支出的多餘紙幣 ,存放於回收儲金盒51的支出運轉期間,支出馬達45的轉 速,變成慢於在正常支出運轉期間支出馬達45的轉速。 儲金箱控制器33也含有一個支出計數器〗^。在這計 數器190内,計數値由儲金箱控制器33設定紙幣支出張數 ,並且當每次一張紙幣支出時,設定値往下降。這樣的設 計,控制器33確定支出的紙幣是否爲最後一張支出之紙幣 參考囷24至27,在運轉中,若機器被顧客指示將付出 η張紙幣,儲金箱控制器33在支出計數器19〇上設定此數 η表示要求支付的總额(步驟221 )。然後,儲金箱控制 器33啓動主馬達48轉動(步驟222 ),並檢査若轉動已達 到設定速率(步驟223 )。若經過一段設定時間長度之後 ,設定速率尚未達到,則確定錯誤已發生(步驟224至225 (請先閲¾计面之注*事項再塡寫本頁) i裝. 訂. 丨線· 經濟部中央標準局β工消费合作社印¾ §主馬達48的轉速在設定的速度漸漸穩定時,經由轉 速控制器189,控制器33控制支出馬達45在Ml rpm下旋轉 ,支出紙幣(步驟226 )。當支出紙幣之先前端被光學感 測器178感測到(步驟227),支出馬達45停止(步驟228 )°在步樣226及227中,當支出馬達45轉動支出紙幣時 ,若紙幣先前端經過一段設定時間長度之後。未被光學感 測器178偵測到,則確定錯誤已發生(步驟229和230 ) 表紙張尺度通用中國困家螵準(CNS)甲 4現格(210 X 297公穿) 81.9.20.000 6 •h R α f\ Β 經濟部中央標準局肖工消费合作社印!Κ 五、發明説明(3a) 〇 在步驟227和228中,當支出馬達45停止時,儲金箱 控制器33從已設定在支出計數器190中的値n減1 (步驟 231 ),並藉此,基於η是否爲零,確定是否這張紙幣是 最後一張將被支出(步驟232 )。若支出的紙幣不是最後 一張紙幣支出,則檢查紙幣之末端是否被光學感測器179 偵測到(步驟233 ),且若是確定紙幣的末端已經被光學 感測器179偵測到,則支出馬達45被重新啓動支出下面一 張紙幣(步驟226 )。若是光學感測器178偵測到紙幣的 先前端,但是另一光學感測器Γ79,經過一段設定時間長 度之後,未偵測到紙幣的末端,則確定錯誤已發生(步驟 234 和235 )。 在步驟232中,若確定支出之紙幣爲最後一張支出, 則確定紙幣的末端是否被光學感測器Γ78偵測到(步驟236 )。若因相同的光學感測器Γ78偵測到紙幣的先前端,經 過一段設定時間長度之後,此光學感測器178未偵測到, 則確定錯誤已發生(步驟237和238 )。在步驟236中, 若是確定紙幣的末端已經被光學感測器178偵測到,則確 定下面一張紙幣之先前端是否已被光學感測器179偵測到 (步驟239)。若是紙幣的先前端一直未被光學感測器179 偵測到,則應該支出的紙幣未支出;因此,支出運轉結束 (步驟240 )。 在步驟239中,若紙幣的先前端已被光學感測器179偵 測到,這情況表示不應該在最後一張紙幣之後支出之多餘 (堵^闖&quot;背面之注卉?事^再碩寫本頁) _裝· 訂· -1 · 本紙張尺度適用中a因家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公釐) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 碎咖-— 一 五、發明説明(3a&gt; 的紙幣已經支出的情況;因此,爲了错存此紙幣於回收儲 金盒51中,經由轉速控制器189的介面,儲金箱控制器33 使支出馬達45以較正常支出N1 rpm旋轉爲慢的N2 旋轉 支出紙幣(步驟241 )。在此時降低支出馬達45之旋轉速 率的原因爲花在停止轉動的時間必需減短,因此當支出馬 達45的轉動,將在這張紙幣已支出之後停止,下面一張紙 幣避免與此張一樣。 在確定最後—張紙幣已支出後,如囷28所示,若紙幣 40c的先前端被光學感測器179偵測到,則這代表不應支 出之多餘紙幣將支出的情況;因此,支出馬達45以較慢的 轉速N2轉動支出紙幣45c。支出之紙幣4〇c保持及攜帶在 傳送皮帶46及47之間,經過如圖29所示之擋板50改變的傳 送通道,儲存於回收儲金盒51中。 確定支出紙幣之先前端是否已被光學感測器178偵測 到(步驟242 )。在經過一段設定時間長度之後,若紙幣 的先前端未被光學感測器178偵測到,則確定錯誤已發生 (步驟243及244 )。在步驟242中,若紙幣先前端被光 學感測器178偵測到,則支出馬達45停止(步驟245 )。 確定先前端已被光學感測器178偵測到之紙幣末端是否已 被光學感測器178偵測到(步驟246 )。經過一段設定時 間長度之後,若紙幣末端未被光學感測器178偵測到,因 紙幣先前端已被光學感測器178彳貞測到,則確定錯誤已發 生(步驟247和248 )。在步驟246中,若確定紙幣之末 端被光學感測器178偵測到,則確定紙幣之先前端是否被 本紙张又度適Λ中Η团家標準(CNS)甲4规格(2丨0 X 297么、紱) ------------------A----装------玎------線 (請先fvliA背面之ii-fr?事項再瑣寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準肩員工消费合作社印製 81.9.20,000 五、發明説明(34·) 光學感測器179偵測到(步驟249 )。若紙幣先前端未被 光學感測器179摘測到,這意味,不該支出的紙带未支出 ;因此,支出運轉結束(步驟250 )。 在步驟249中,若確定紙幣末端已經被光學感測器179 摘測到,則這表示不該支出之紙幣又再支出的情況;因此 ,運轉從步驟241重做。另外,若最後一張紙幣支出之後 ,超過了設定時間數,如3倍的時間,紙幣先前端才被光 學感測器Γ79偵測到,則確定錯誤已發生(步驟251和252 )° 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 圖30顯示一個另一種不同紙幣支出構造的例子。在此 例子中,光學感測器191裝在圖上顯示的位置。當此光學 感測器191偵測到紙幣40a之先前端時,儲金箱控制器33 發出停止支出馬達45轉動的信號。並且,經由此光學感測 器191,偵測到紙幣先前端後,儲金箱控制器33開始計時 (下面將有詳述),且經過一段設定時間長度之後,輸出 轉動支出馬達45的信號。位在傳送通道109入口處的滑輪 55-1、光學感測器191及拮取滾輪44之間的位置關係,以 滿足如下條件,當紙幣40a之先前端到達被光學感測器191 偵測到之點,光學感測器191及時偵測到紙幣40a之先前 端;紙幣40a之末端從與拮取滾輪44相接觸下分離;且紙 幣40a之先前端被妥善保持於傳送皮帶46和47之間。 參考圖31,當紙幣40a之先前端被光學感測器191领 測到時,儲金箱控制器33由計時器186開始計時,經過一 段設定時間週期之後,例如20微秒(ms),輸出啓動支出馬 81.9.20,000 (^先閲^背面之注念事項再填寫本頁) 丨裝. 丨線. 本纸掁尺茂適用中因困家標準(CNS)中4规格(2〖0 X 2ί)7么'货) A6 B6 五、發明説明(3&amp;) 達45旋轉的信號。 參考囷32,當開始支出運轉之命令發出時,儲金箱控 制器33轉動支出馬達45 (步驟371 )。支出馬達45的旋轉 轉動拮取滾輪44和進給滾輪42支出紙幣40a。在圖34中, 支出紙幣40a之先前端被保持於傳送皮帶46及47之間。然 後,紙幣40a傳送到遠至紙幣先前端到達偵測點F。依據 紙幣40a之先前端被光學感測器191偵測到,儲金箱控制 器33產生停止支出馬達45之信號,因此,支出馬達45停止 ,造成停止由支出馬達45所帶動的拮取滾輪44和進給滚輪 42之順時針方向轉動,支出紙幣(步驟373)。 當紙幣40a之先前端被光學感測器191侦測到時,計 時開始。在支出馬達45停止之後,確定設定的紙幣數目是 否已支出(步驟374 )。若最後一張紙幣尚未支出,計時 器186從在步驟272中偵測到紙幣先前端的時候開始計時 ,且經過一段設定時間長度之後,支出馬達45轉動,重新 開始支出運轉(步驟375 )。在步驟374中,若確定最後 一張紙幣已經支出,則支出運轉停止(步驟376 )。在步 驟372中,若紙幣先前端未被偵測到,計時開始(步驟377 )。且經過一段設定時間長度,例如5〇〇微秒(ms)之後, 若紙幣先前端尚未被摘測到,則確定分離失敗或是已發生 紙張推擠,且機器的交易功能當有堆擠錯誤時被暫停(步 驟378 )。 現在參考圖36,在此實施例中,紙幣正常地以前後張 設定Llrnm之間隔支出,且它們的傳送速度爲¥1 mm/sec。 冬紙很通用中國國家標準(CN’S)甲4规格(2丨〇 X烈7公釐) -----------------------装!——!1r------線丨- (請先閱请背面之;i*-事項许堝寫本VK) 經济部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 81.9.20,000 A6Afi 203656 V. Description of the invention () In case of abnormality, avoid presenting it to the user. The banknote payout slot 58 faces the machine's trap window 22, which is clearly shown in FIG. In this way, only banknotes under normal delivery are allowed to be paid to the pick-up window 22. Referring to Fig. 3, there is an additional optical sensor 57 interposed between the bill discharge slot 58 and the pulley 55 of the conveyor belt 46. This sensor 57 is an optical sensing device used to detect the end of paper currency transfer. If the gold storage box controller 33 fails to detect the end of the banknote transfer after the banknote 57 is discharged from the gold storage box 31 by the sensor 57 for a set period of time, it is determined that the banknotes have been stacked in the transport path 109. Then, the gold box controller 33 calculates the number of bills detected by the sensor unit 57 and manages the number of bills withdrawn from the gold box 31 based on this calculation. Referring to Figs. 4 and 5 plus Fig. 3, the gold storage box 31 has a bottom case 53 and an upper cover 54. The latter is connected to the former by a hinge 52, and the latter can be switched by the direction of arrow b. As is clear from Fig. 4, the gold storage box 31 is designed to be portable and has a handle 60 on the upper cover. In addition, a lock 61 is arranged below the bill discharge opening 58, and when the lower bottom case 53 and the upper cover 54 are closed, if the lock is locked, it prevents the lower bottom case and the upper cover from separating from each other. The lower bottom case is provided with a payout motor, a transfer motor 48, a pick-up roller 44, a feed roller 42, a reverse roller 43, a platform 41, and a recovery box 51. In addition, the upper cover 54 is provided with a pulley 55, conveyor belts 46 and 47, a baffle 50, and sensors 49 and 56. Referring to Fig. 6, the controller system of the machine includes a main controller 30 that controls the entire machine, and a gold box controller 33 that controls the gold box in the gold box 31. The gold storage box device 33 is composed of a hybrid computer or a late circuit, and supervises and controls part of the material transfer included in the gold storage box 31. · Storage box control ------------------''----- installed ------. 玎 ------ line-^ tIVJ '. '.rlt-tc;! * ^^ # ^^^^) Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standard 户 R 工 consumer cooperative's Indian slave paper scale applies the Chinese and Western Standards (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 81.9.20,000 203656 A6 m Central Ministry of Economy staff; «Fee Cooperative Printing * 1 Table V. Description of Invention (〗?) Device 33 '胄 # Store and store the read-only invisibility stealth of the control program used to execute the control ⑽34 and a temporary storage (Iv) Random memory (RAM) 35 of data and results are connected to each other. The feature of this embodiment is that the data of the execution result of the transaction from the machine according to the user's operation is stored in the temporary memory 35, 'this process will have More detailed description. These completed data are stored in a memory supported by a self-contained battery 38 35, which keeps the valley in the memory, which will be described later. Incidentally, as a storage of data such as the completion of the transaction Storage media, other storage media such as diskettes or electronically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPR0M) may be more suitable as temporary storage 35 ° In addition, there are A driver 36 and a sensor reading circuit 35 are connected to the gold box controller 33. According to the control signal output by the controller circuit, the driver 36 drives the motors 45 and 46 and the electromagnet 39, and the electromagnet 39 moves the shutter 50. The sensor reading circuit 37 receives the sensing signals obtained by the sensors 57 and 71 and transmits it to the gold storage box controller 33. The gold storage box controller 33 is also connected to the battery 38. The box controller 33 is separately connected to the main controller 30 by a connecting line 33a, and when connected, the power is provided by the main power of the machine and the power supply 32 of the components. The battery 38 is a direct current self-provided power supply, when the gold storage box 31 When separated from the machine, the power supply is maintained. The driver 36 is connected to the payout motor 45, the transfer motor 48, and the electromagnet 39 used to rotate the baffle 50. The main controller 30 of the machine also includes a microcomputer or logic circuit, and manages and controls The operation of the whole machine. The power supply 32 supplies power to the main controller 30 and other circuits in the machine. The main controller 30 is connected to a keyboard interface 72 and decodes and transmits the input signal by the input function 23b of the input display 23- ---------------------- Installed ---- IT ------ Line-- This paper scale is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 Specifications (2〗 〇X 297 mm) 81.9.20.000 20365b A6 Bfi Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, Industry and Consumer Cooperatives ¾ V. Invention description (18.) To the main controller 30. In addition, the main controller 30 is connected To a display driver 73, the display function 23a of the input display 23 displays data according to the control signal transmitted from the main controller 30. The above card reader 27 is connected to the main controller 30 via a magnetic card reader 74. The magnetic card reading device 74 has a function of receiving a signal from the card reader 27 and transmitting it to the main controller 30. In addition, the statement printer 28 is connected to the printer controller and is connected to the main controller 30 via the interface 75. The printer controller and interface 7 $ have a function to drive the printer based on the control signal generated by the main controller 30. In operation, in the first step, the operator inserts the magnetic card into the card slot 24. After detecting the insertion of the card by the sensor of the card reader 27, the card reader 27 reads the data stored in the card via the magnetic head 29. The read customer data is sent to the magnetic card reading circuit 74, and the data is received by the main controller 30 via the magnetic card. The main controller 30 checks the validity of the financial institution code, account number, customer code, etc. contained in the received data. If the inspection result shows that the data belonging to a certain customer is correct and can be traded, the main controller 30 transmits the customer data to the gold box controller 33 via the connection line 33a. The gold box controller 33 also stores these data in the temporary memory 35. If the main controller 30 decides not to trade, for example: the effective inspection of the received data finds that the content of the data on the card is incorrect, based on the test, the control input display 23 displays this situation, and controls the card reader 27 to return the card . The main controller 30 controls the display driver 73 to cause the input display 23 to display the keyboard 23c as shown in FIG. 7, thereby prompting the operator to input the total demand. The operator presses the key on the keyboard 23c to select, • Withdrawal &quot; the type of transaction, and then enters the total amount of withdrawal. The signal indicating the type of transaction and the total amount entered is installed via the keyboard ------------------ ΪΤ ------ so , .Ϊ-Ι1 · -Ι! Ν.ι '· .lι1; ϊ * 卞 甲 冉 塡 .ντ This T!) This paper is again applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A 4 specifications (2〗 〇X 297 Mm) 81.9.20,000 A (i, 0365b V. Description of the invention (19.) The interface 72 is converted into the corresponding internal code and transmitted to the main controller 30. Then, the main controller 30 transmits the transaction type and total amount Data to the display driver 73 'so the data is displayed on the input display 23. The input display η also displays the keyboard 23c. The operator then confirms the displayed information and on the keyboard 23c, Figure 7, press the "Cancel" key or , • Confirm ”key. When the total withdrawal amount is displayed on the input display 23, if the operator confirms the data displayed on the input display 23, and presses the“ Confirm, ”key, the main controller 30 causes the depositor to know the controller 33 Deposit the information about the total withdrawal amount in the temporary storage memory 35. Conversely, if the button is pressed and cancelled, the main controller 3 will act to cause the gold storage box The controller 33 deletes the transaction data including the total amount from the temporary memory 35, and controls the display driver 73 to change the total amount displayed on the input display 23 to then, the system waits for the next input operation. If the "OK" key is pressed , The control is transferred to the gold box controller 33, and the banknote dispensing operation is started. The main controller 30 controls the driver 36 to drive the conveyor belt 48, and then drives the dispensing motor 45. According to these actions, the dispensing roller 42 starts to rotate. At this time The payout roller 42 raises the banknote 40a in contact with the pick-up roller 44 and cooperates with the function of the reverse roller 43 to deliver only the banknote 40a to the conveyor belts 46 and 47. At this time, due to the rotation of the motor 48, the conveyor The belts 46 and 47 have started to move. The single bill 40a discharged from the gold storage box 31 is held between the two conveyor belts 46 and 47 and is conveyed to the upper left of the figure. During the conveyance, the conveyance condition monitoring sensor 71 outputs the status of the bill Signal, and this signal is sent to the gold box controller 33 via the sensor reading circuit 37. The gold box controller 33 uses this monitoring signal obtained by the transmission status monitoring sensor 71 to determine Is there a photo ------------------- ir ------ like f.;-Vt5-'*. ? ilr &lt;flJ-i;t; & ^ Jfi # Jfl: ii: 'Ti) 32 copies of paper ruled by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standard and Zong Bureau B Industry and Consumer Cooperatives of China. Applicable to the Chinese Gardener Standard (CNS) f 4 specifications (210 (X 297 mm) 81.9.20,000 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, R Industry and Consumer Cooperatives 52 203656 V. Invention Notes (2Q) The notes above (2Q) are transmitted, and the tilt angle of the notes is measured to check the progress of the notes. If there is no abnormality when the banknotes are transferred, the gold box controller 33 keeps the beater plate 50 at the solid line position shown in FIG. 3 or 54, thereby taking out the banknotes being transferred to the collection tray 20. In this embodiment, the operation of discharging banknotes from the gold storage box 31 and transferring the banknotes to the collection tray 20 are performed in the gold storage box 31, as described above. Therefore, even if a jam occurs during the transportation of banknotes, only the problematic gold storage box 31 is removed from the machine 21, and then, the lock 61 is opened to reset the gold storage box 31 from the jam. In addition, when the blocked gold deposit 31 is removed, another gold deposit box 31 can be installed in the machine [mu]. In this way, the operating efficiency of the machine 21 is improved, and the quality of customer service is not deteriorated. When the banknotes are disbursed to the withdrawal window 22, the sensor 57 of the completion of transmission generates a signal indicating the disbursement of the banknotes. That signal is received by the gold box controller 汨 through the sensor reading circuit 37, and the gold box controller will store the total amount of this transaction stored in the temporary memory 35 minus one banknote; Update the total data in the temporary memory 35. If the updated data shows that the value is not "0", the gold box controller 33 performs the operation of the next bill payment. In this case, the storage box controller 33 continues to operate until the total amount data stored in the temporary storage §memory body 35 shows an empty balance ”. If the result of the reduction is, the deposit The box controller 33 reads the account number, transaction type, transaction amount, and related transaction data in the temporary storage memory 35, and transmits those transaction data through the connection line 33a, accompanied by a signal indicating the end of the transaction to the main controller 30. The main controller 3G control rhythm display purchaser shows that the expenditure operation has ended on the input display 23. The paper standard indicating the end of the transaction is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (21〇X 297 Gongmeng) --- -----装 ——---- · 玎 ------ 1 r ^ t Reading λ &quot;!'-; Ϊ · 面-&gt;; .. * Private item 4 ^ ν: ϊ this π ) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 printed by the 8th Industrial and Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of invention (21.) The display should preferably be represented by the total amount displayed as "0". At the same time, the main controller 30 sends transaction data to The printer controller and interface circuit 75, and the control circuit 75 make the printer 28 print out the transaction details. The printer 28 prints out the transaction details records, It is then disbursed by the slot 25 as a statement. At the same time, the main controller 30 controls the display driver 73 to reset the display screen of the input display 23 to the initial display screen. Moreover, the sensor 71 is monitored according to The monitoring signal received by the sensor reading circuit 37 'and the banknotes indicate the transport status of the banknotes during the transport. If the controller 33 detects whether more than one banknote has been transported, or if the skew exceeds the limit, in other words , When it is detected that the transmission is abnormal, the driver 36 excites the stretcher to drive the electromagnet 39; thereby, the catch plate 50 is turned to the position of the dotted line shown in FIG. 3, or 55 in more detail; and therefore, the bill channel is turned The gold storage box 51 is recovered, so that the banknotes kept under the abnormal conditions of the conveyor belt are recovered by the gold storage box 51. At this time, the gold storage controller 33 will not be updated and kept in the temporary memory gift% The total balance data, but the data indicating that an abnormal situation occurred during the transfer of banknotes are stored in the temporary storage memory 35. Then, the gold box controller re-try to spend from the gold box 31 Banknote controller 33 keeps the group-group transaction data, such as confirmed data, in the temporary storage 3S; each group of transaction data belongs to a transaction and includes, for example, customer account number, total transaction amount, and expressed transaction Kind, for example ... The current transaction is a kind of payment information, etc. Those confirmed data are stored in the temporary memory 35 towels, at least keep the specifics fixed in the machine's towel computer = the guest's broadcast is updated. From this The design is very clear, all about the application of a national standard (CNS) A 4 specification (210 X 297 mm) in this paper ruler application ------------------ U ---- installed -------- 1T ------ line (the back of iiritIVJ ^; ± Important Jfi write this page again) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (22_) in the machine The transaction details are stored in the temporary memory in the gold box 31. These data are supported by the battery 38's own power supply. Therefore, even if the gold storage box 31 must be removed from the machine due to some factors, the power provided by the electrician is terminated, and the memory contents in the temporary storage memory 35 are stored by the battery 38. The online system in which the transaction is being carried out between the financial institution and the customer includes its central computer or processor, terminal device, and terminal controller connected to the computer via the telecommunication line. When the service is over, the automatic bill payment machine 21 in this embodiment is brought back to the business office by the employee in charge of the machine in the financial institution, and the electricity is passed through the terminal controller channel or the modem connected to the telecommunication line and Connect the online system. Then, the transmission code is used to transfer the data to the central computer under the control of the controllers 30 and 33. When the central computer has completed the logical path, the gold box controller circuit 33 reads the transaction data stored in the temporary storage memory 35 and transmits those data data to the central computer. The transaction data that has been transmitted is eliminated from §Memory 35, thereby avoiding the repeated transmission of the same data. After the central computer receives the transaction data, it will update the account file of the customer account contained in the data according to the transaction type and total transaction amount in the data to complete the transaction process. The machine 21 in this embodiment makes it possible to carry out a detailed check of the cash in the gold storage box 31 easily. The person in charge opens the lid 26 'of the machine 21 and unlocks the gold deposit 31 and takes it out of the machine 21. Only the gold storage box μ is transferred to the business office. As described above, the gold storage box 31 contains not only the remaining banknotes 40, but also the temporary storage memory 35 for storing transaction data, and the recovered gold storage box 51 for storing banknotes that have failed to be transferred. Therefore, in order to accurately check the cash and management process, only the gold box 31 must be unpacked in the office ------------------------- ----. Subscribe ------- Line P--First read &quot; remember the wheat item on the back and then write this page) The sound of the ministry 0} β Μ Fee cooperative cooperative printed paper ruler and applicable Due to the family standard (CNS> A 4 rules • grid (2 丨 0 X 297 public) 81.9.20,000 A6 A6 3656 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention description (forbearance). Needless to say, because The machine is portable, so it can be sent to the office for detailed inspection. Figures 8 and 9 partially show other types of paper money automatic payment machines. ⑽ Equipped with a gold storage box. 31. Similar components or structural elements are labeled with imaging references Number-like 'and simplify to omit redundant descriptions. In this embodiment, the antagonistic roller 44 has a peripheral solid surface composed of a high-friction material and is installed on the antagonistic roller shaft 124 at a predetermined interval. The take-up roller 44 is fixed on a protrusion 175, with a ratchet 176 in the middle, and a bearing 177 at both ends. The intermediary of the wheel 176 is mounted on the pick-up roller shaft 124. The rotation force required to turn the dry-take-up roller 44 in the direction of the outgoing banknotes 40 (clockwise in FIG. 8) must be transmitted from the motor through the belt 136 to Roller shaft 124. With the ratchet wheel in the proper position, when the pull-out roller is rotated clockwise, the driving force of the motor 45 is transmitted to the pull-out roller 44; thereby rotating the pull-out roller 44 in the clockwise direction. When the 4S is stationary, if you want to rotate the picking roller material in a clockwise direction, the picking roller 44 can freely rotate relative to the picking shaft 124 in the above direction. In addition, because each picking roller 44 passes through its own The ratchet 176 is installed on the pick roller 124 as an intermediary, and when the motor is not moving, it can independently rotate in a clockwise direction. In this embodiment, two optical sensors 178 and 179 are arranged close to the storage The entry point of the conveying channel of the expenditure in the box 31. When the sensor's Gashi reaches the front end of the banknote 40a, there is a sincerity to stop the rotation of the horse's secret. According to another optical sensor 179 _ to the end of the banknote. Zhang taa home materials (cnts) A 4 specifications () 丨 丨 II i I i I order ^ — i 81-9.20,000 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (24.) After drawing, its front end has been detected by the optical sensor 178, the gold box controller 33 generates a signal to rotate the motor 45. The relative positions of the roller 55-1, the optical sensor 178, the pickup roller 44 and the feed roller 42 at the entrance end of the log of the conveying channel are fixed, so the banknote 40a The front end just reaches the detection point C of the sensor 178, the optical sensor 178 can detect the front end of the banknote 40, that is, at this time, when the end of the banknote 40a just leaves the bracket After the roller 44, the front end of the banknote 40a is immediately grasped by the conveyor belts 46 and 47; in other words, the relative positions of these components have been established, so the optical sensor 178 detects the front end position C of the banknote 40a, from The banknote 40a starts to move at the position where the conveyor belts 46 and 47 at the entrance end of the conveyor channel are grasped, and moves slightly toward the conveyor direction of the banknote 40. Handling-More than one automatic payment machine for banknotes with different lengths in the transport direction E is designed to satisfy the above shortest banknote conditions. Another optical sensor 179 is provided, so that when the end of the banknote 40a is separated from the feed roller 42, the end of the banknote 40a is detected by the optical sensor 179, in other words, the optical sensor 179 The position of the end of the banknote 40a is detected, and it moves slightly from the contact position of the feed roller 42 and the banknote 40a to the conveying direction. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standard Room of the Ministry of Economic Affairs &quot; The banknote automatic payment machine in this embodiment can handle more than one banknote with different lengths in the conveying direction, for example: Japanese yen banknotes (approximately 76mm long in the conveying direction) US dollar bills (approximately 66mm long). First, the operation of disbursing the shorter US dollar bills out of the two types of banknotes, as described in the relevant US dollar bills and Japanese yen round bills, is processed simultaneously in the box. In Fig. 10, the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 are driven by the motor 45 8K 9.20.000 This paper is again applicable to China's 0 standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 H &gt; 2036¾6 Λ6 B6 Central Ministry of Economic Affairs Standard Pregnancy Bureau 8 Industrial and Consumer Cooperation Du Yin ¾ V. Description of the invention (25ι) The power rotates clockwise; by this way, the farthest banknote 40a in contact with the pick-up roller 44 is paid upwards. Incidentally, the pick-up roller 44 and advance The peripheral speed of the roller 42 is set at, for example: 1,000 mm / sec, and the linear speed of the conveyor belts 46 and 47 is set at, for example: i, 8〇〇mm / see. In FIG. Π, the banknotes paid out 4〇a The front end of the belt is held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47. Since the linear speed of the conveyor belts 46 and 47 is greater than the peripheral speeds of the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42, the banknote 40a appears to be removed from the pick-up roller 44 and the feed The roller 42 is conveyed away. The conveying belts 46 and 47 have sufficient conveying force to pull the banknotes 40a. In FIG. 12, when the conveying belts 46 and 47 are used to convey the banknotes 40a upward, the front end of the banknotes 40a reaches The optical sensor 178 detects the detection point C at the front end of the banknote. When the detector 178 detects the front end of the banknote 40a, the gold box controller 33 outputs a signal to stop the motor 45, thereby stopping the motor 45; therefore, the pick-up roller 44 and the feed wave wheel 42 driven clockwise The rotation becomes static. Now, in this embodiment of the machine designed to handle both US dollars and Japanese yen banknotes, one of the optical sensors 178 is provided, so the front end of the shorter US dollar banknote 40a The detection point c is reached, and when the front end of the banknote has been held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47, the end of the banknote 40a is separated from the pickup roller 44. If the positional correlation is like the front end of the banknote 40a When the banknote 40a is held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 and reaches the detection point C, the pickup roller 44 and the feed roller 42 are operated to discharge the banknote 40a before the banknote is held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 Stopped, which prevented the conveyor belts 46 and 47 from pulling apart the banknotes. Conversely, if the position is related ------------------- 1 ---- Installed ----- --ir ------ Line L (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper is also suitable for China Η National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21〇X 297 male cage) 81.9.20.000 9. A6 B6 In the Ministry of Economy ★ Standard Ά Printed by the industrial and consumer cooperatives 5. Description of invention (2 &amp;) The property is as the previous end of the banknote 40a The end of the banknote 40a reaches the detection point C after leaving the pick-up roller 44, and then the next banknote is dispensed by the pick-up roller 44 without any space between the front and back banknotes. To avoid this from happening, one of the optical sensors 178 is set as described above. Returning to Fig. 9, the ratchet 137 is provided between the feed roller shaft 130 of the device feed roller 42 and the pulley 135 which suspends the belt 136 which transmits the driving force from the motor 45. In other words, since the feed roller shaft 130 can freely rotate with respect to the pulley 135, even when the motor 45 is stationary, the feed roller 42 can freely rotate clockwise with reference to FIG. Therefore, when the banknote 40a is pulled apart by the conveyor belts 46 and 47, the feed roller 42 can rotate freely when the motor 45 is at rest, in other words, the feed roller 42 does not do work when there is a load against the pulling force . In the operation steps in FIGS. 10 to 13, there is an example in which the banknote 40a is a US dollar banknote. If Japanese Yen banknotes are disbursed, the operation is as shown in FIG. 14. The front end of the banknote 40a is detected by the optical sensor 178, causing the motor 45 to stop rotating; thereby, the rotation of the pickup roller 44 and the feed roller 42 is stopped. At this time, the tip of the banknote 40a is still in contact with the pick-up roller 44. In any case. As previously mentioned, this design is such that when the motor 45 is stationary, the squeezing roller 44 is required to rotate clockwise, because the ratchet 176 is installed between the squeezing roller 44 and the squeezing roller shaft 124 , The pickup roller can rotate freely along the pickup roller shaft 124; therefore, when the banknote 40 is pulled away by the conveyor belts 46 and 47, even if the motor 45 is at rest, the pickup roller 44 can rotate freely. In other words, the feed roller 42 does not do work when there is a load against this tension ------ Line-- (Read the precautions on the back of the Qing Dynasty before writing this page) The table paper is again applicable to the Chinese and Western National Standards (CNS> A4 specifications (2 丨 0 X 297's)) 81.9. 20,000 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Negative Work Consumer Cooperative V. Description of the invention (27.) In FIG. 13, the end of a banknote 40a held in front of the conveyor belts 46 and 47 before reaching the optical sensor The detection point D of the banknote detected by 179. When the optical sensor 179 detects the end of the banknote 40a, a signal to restart the rotation of the motor 4S is generated from the gold box controller 33 The motor 45 starts to rotate in the clockwise direction of the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 to dispense the banknotes, and the next banknote 40b will be disbursed in the same steps as the previous banknote 40a. Fig. 15 is a plane view, showing In the case of tilting, how the banknotes 40a are paid out. This figure will be used to understand why the two take-up rollers 44 are equipped with their respective ratchets 176. A pair of optical sensors 178 are arranged perpendicular to the transport direction of the banknotes On both sides. If the previous bill 40a was paid out at an angle (leading to the left in the figure), the right front end of the bill 40a was first detected by the right optical sensor 178. Because of this Detection, so the rotation of the motor 45 is suspended, causing the rotation of the pick roller 44 and the feed roller 42 to stop. In this case, the right pick roller 44 has not touched the banknote 40a, but the left pick roller 44 is still Keep in contact with the banknote 40a, because part of the end of the banknote 40a is still behind the pick roller 44 on the left, just in contact with the roller length of L millimeter (mm). Therefore, if the structure is for each The pick roller 44 is not equipped with its own ratchet 137, for example: if the ratchet 137 is only installed between the feed roller shaft 130 and the pulley 135, like the method of installing the feed roller 42, when the banknote 40 is When the conveyor belts 46 and 47 are pulled apart, the left pick roller 44 rotates the length of L to dispense the banknote 40a. In any case, at this time, the right pick roller 44 also rotates by a total amount equal to L's Note the matter and write about each ranunculus) The clothing paper ruler is suitable for the Chinese and Western a family standard (cns> A 4 * see the grid (2 丨 0 X 2! W public release) 81.9.20,000 f2 A6 B6 Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by β Industry Consumer Cooperative V. Description of Invention (Xun) Length of expenditure banknotes 40a. In addition, at this time, the right pick-up roller 44 has already contacted the next bill 40b; therefore, the right of the next bill 40b also pays an extra length of L, causing the next bill 40b to tilt. In order to avoid this, in this embodiment, the left and right pick-up rollers 44 each own their ratchet wheels 176. With this design, even the left squeezing roller 44 rotates by a length equal to the total length of L, and the length of the bill 40a L is paid out, the right squeezing roller 44 remains stationary; therefore, the next bill 40b will not be skew Send out, and vice versa. In this embodiment, a structure such as a ratchet 137 is installed between the feed roller shaft 130 and the pulley 135 of the fixed feed roller 42. In any case, instead, each feed roller 42 may have its own ratchet wheel as each squeeze roller 44 can. Referring to Fig. 16, a single optical sensor 180 is provided in another example of a paper money payout mechanism. When the front end of the banknote 40 is detected by the optical sensor 180, a signal is issued from the gold box controller to stop the rotation of the payout motor 45. Moreover, when the front end of the banknote 40 is detected by the optical sensor 180, the gold box controller 33 starts timing, and after a set period of time, a signal to rotate the payout motor 45 is generated. The positional relationship between the pulley 55-1 located at the entrance end of the conveying channel 109, the optical sensor 180, the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 has been set, so when the front end of the banknote 40 reaches the optical sensor 180 At the detected position, the end of the banknote 40 is released from contact with the lift roller 44 and, therefore, after the front end of the banknote 40 is held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47, the first of the banknote 40 The front end is immediately detected by the optical sensor; that is, the detection point C is set in the transmission channel ------------------ I ------ installed II ---- • 玎 ------ Line (please read the back of the page; please read this page for more details) This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS &gt; 甲 Ο 见 格 (21〇 X 297mm> 81.9.20,000 Printed by the β-Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy V. Description of Invention (2a) At the 109 entrance end, the position grabbed by the conveyor belts 46 and 47 from the banknote 40 is slightly offset to the conveyor Or the position of the transfer direction E. If there is more than one banknote with different lengths in the transfer direction E, it is designed to be suitable for the shortest banknote in the £ direction. Figure 17 shows Control the special structure of the gold box controller 33 of the above-mentioned payout mechanism. Based on the detection of the front end of the banknote by the optical sensor 180, the gold box controller 33 generates a signal to stop the rotation of the payout motor 45. The device 33 has a timer 186, and according to the detection of the front end of the banknote, the timer 186 starts timing, and after a set period of time, the controller 33 generates a signal to restart the rotation of the payout motor 45. Refer to FIG. 18 The gold box controller 33 generates a command to start the payout operation, thereby rotating the payout motor 45 (step 201). As shown in FIG. 19, the pickup roller 44 and the feed roller 42 are driven by the payout motor 45 to drive the payout Banknote. As shown in FIG. 20, the optical sensor 180 determines whether the front end of the banknote is detected (step 202), and if it is detected, the payout motor 45 is suspended (step 203). At the same time, when When the front end of the banknote 40a is detected by the sensor 180, the timer 186 starts timing. After the dispensing motor 45 stops, it confirms whether the set number of sheets has been dispensed (step 204). If the last banknote has not been disbursed , The timer 186 starts counting from the time when the front end of the banknote was detected in step 202. After a set period of time, for example: after 20 microseconds (ms), the payout motor 45 rotates to continue the payout operation (step 205 ), As shown in Figure 21. If it is determined that the last note has been disbursed in step 204, the disbursement operation ends (step 206). ---- Installed --------. 玎 ------ Line- &lt; Please read the note on the back side * and then fill out this page) This paper is again applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (2 丨 0 X 2 (J7 H) 81 · 9 · 20, 〇〇〇 Economy Printed by the Ministry of Central Standards Hungarian Industrial and Consumer Cooperative **, Agriculture V. Description of Invention (3Q) If the front end of the banknote is not detected in step 202, the timer starts (step 207), and after a set length of time, for example : After 500 microseconds (ms) 'The front end of the right banknote has not been detected, it is determined that the expenditure or separation operation has failed, or a crowding has occurred, and when a stacking error occurs, the transaction function of the machine is Stop (step 208). The value of the set length of time is set so that the interval between two consecutive banknotes does not allow the front end of the next banknote 40b to enter the end of the preceding banknote 40a and the feed roller 42 The smaller the better, and in this particular example, the optical sensor 180 is set at the above-mentioned position, and the two pick-up rollers 44 are independently installed at the expense from the media of their respective ratchet wheels 176, respectively. The motor 45 receives the driving force and rotates to catch the roller shaft 1 24; therefore, as in the first example, it can handle more than one banknote with different lengths in the conveying direction, such as: US dollar banknotes and Japanese round banknotes. In addition, the left and right pick-up rollers 44 each have their own ratchet 176 ; Therefore, even because of the same factors as described in the first example, the previous bill 40a, disbursed in a skewed condition, will not affect the next bill 40b. Figure 22 shows another variation of the bill transport mechanism This example includes the recovery of the gold storage box 51 and the baffle 50. In this special structure, after completing the operation of disbursing a set number of banknotes, if there is a surplus banknote that should not be disbursed, it is led to the last The payment of a set number of banknotes is operated and paid out, and the front end of this banknote is detected by the optical sensor 179, and the controller executes the storage of this banknote in the recovery gold storage box 51, and no longer pays the next banknote. The paper is suitable for Chinese and Western garden sample standard (CMS) f 4 specifications (21〇X 297 public goods 81.9.20,000 ----------------------- installed- ---- Ιτ ------ Line ΑΓ) Β6 V. Description of invention ( 3U reference line 23, the gold box controller 33 has a controller 189 that adjusts the speed of the motor 45, and the speed controller 189 adjusts the speed of the payout motor 45, so the last piece of paper tape that has been pulled out has been paid out The surplus banknotes are stored in the payout operation of the recovery gold box 51, and the rotation speed of the payout motor 45 becomes slower than the rotation speed of the payout motor 45 during the normal payout operation. The gold box controller 33 also includes a payout counter. In this counter 190, the count value is set by the gold box controller 33 to set the number of bills to be paid out, and the set value goes down when each bill is paid out. In this design, the controller 33 determines whether the paid bills are the last bills to be paid. References 24 to 27. In operation, if the machine is instructed by the customer to pay n bills, the gold box controller 33 is in the payout counter 19 The number η set on 〇 represents the total amount required to be paid (step 221). Then, the gold box controller 33 starts the main motor 48 to rotate (step 222), and checks if the rotation has reached the set rate (step 223). If the set rate has not been reached after a set period of time, then it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 224 to 225 (please read the note on the plan * before writing this page) i install. Order. 丨 Line · Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards, β-Consumer Cooperative Society §When the speed of the main motor 48 gradually stabilizes at the set speed, the controller 33 controls the payout motor 45 to rotate at M1 rpm through the speed controller 189 to pay out the banknotes (step 226). The front end of the payout bill is sensed by the optical sensor 178 (step 227), and the payout motor 45 stops (step 228). In steps 226 and 227, when the payout motor 45 rotates the payout bill, if the front end of the bill passes After a set period of time, if it is not detected by the optical sensor 178, it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 229 and 230). The table paper size is universal Chinese sleepy housekeeping standard (CNS) A 4 present (210 X 297 male wear ) 81.9.20.000 6 • h R α f \ Β Printed by the Xiaogong Consumer Cooperative of the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy! Κ V. Description of the invention (3a) 〇 In steps 227 and 228, when the payout motor 45 is stopped, the gold box is controlled 33 has been set in support The value n in the counter 190 is decremented by 1 (step 231), and based on whether η is zero, it is determined whether this paper note is the last one to be paid out (step 232). If the paid paper money is not the last paper money paid out , It is checked whether the end of the banknote is detected by the optical sensor 179 (step 233), and if it is determined that the end of the banknote has been detected by the optical sensor 179, the payout motor 45 is restarted to pay the next note (Step 226). If the optical sensor 178 detects the front end of the banknote, but another optical sensor Γ79, after a set period of time, does not detect the end of the banknote, it is determined that an error has occurred (step 234 and 235). In step 232, if it is determined that the paid bill is the last payout, it is determined whether the end of the bill is detected by the optical sensor Γ78 (step 236). If the same optical sensor Γ78 The front end of the banknote is detected, and after a set period of time, the optical sensor 178 does not detect it, then it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 237 and 238). In step 236, if the paper is confirmed Has been detected by the optical sensor 178, it is determined whether the front end of the next banknote has been detected by the optical sensor 179 (step 239). If the previous end of the banknote has not been detected by the optical sensor 179 Detected, the banknotes that should be disbursed have not been disbursed; therefore, the disbursement operation ends (step 240). In step 239, if the front end of the banknote has been detected by the optical sensor 179, this indicates that it should not be Surplus expenditure after the last paper note Thing ^ Zuoshuo write this page) _Installed · Ordered · -1 · The paper size is applicable to a home standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 broken coffee-15th, Description of the invention (3a &gt; bills have been paid out; therefore, in order to stagger this bill in the recovery gold box 51, via the interface of the speed controller 189, the gold box controller 33 causes the payout motor 45 to pay out the normal N1 The N2 rotation with slow rpm rotates the payout banknote (step 241). At this time, the reason for reducing the rotation speed of the payout motor 45 is that the time spent stopping the rotation must be shortened, so when the payout motor 45 rotates, the bill After it has been disbursed, it will stop. The next paper note should not be the same as this one. After determining that the last paper note has been disbursed, as shown in Fig. 28, if the front end of the paper note 40c is detected by the optical sensor 179, this represents The situation where the excess banknotes that should not be paid out will be paid out; therefore, the payout motor 45 rotates the payout notes 45c at a slower speed N2. The paid out notes 40c are held and carried between the conveyor belts 46 and 47, as shown in FIG. 29 The transmission of the change of the baffle 50 shown The channel is stored in the recovery gold box 51. It is determined whether the front end of the paid-out banknote has been detected by the optical sensor 178 (step 242). After a set length of time, if the front end of the banknote is not optically sensed If the detector 178 detects it, it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 243 and 244). In step 242, if the front end of the banknote is detected by the optical sensor 178, the payout motor 45 stops (step 245). Confirm first Whether the front end of the banknote that has been detected by the optical sensor 178 has been detected by the optical sensor 178 (step 246). After a set length of time, if the banknote end has not been detected by the optical sensor 178 Since the front end of the banknote has been detected by the optical sensor 178, it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 247 and 248). In step 246, if it is determined that the end of the banknote is detected by the optical sensor 178, then Determine whether the front end of the paper currency is suitable for this paper and the standard of CN Group A (CNS) A4 (2 丨 0 X 297, 綂) ---------------- --A ---- installed ------ 玎 ------ line (please write ii-fr on the back of fvliA first, then write this page) Economy Printed by the Central Standards Staff Consumer Cooperative Society 81.9.20,000 V. Description of the invention (34 ·) Optical sensor 179 detected (step 249). If the front end of the banknote has not been detected by the optical sensor 179, this means, The paper tape that should not be disbursed has not been disbursed; therefore, the disbursement operation ends (step 250). In step 249, if it is determined that the end of the banknote has been picked up by the optical sensor 179, it means that the banknote that should not be disbursed is re-disbursed Case; therefore, the operation is redone from step 241. In addition, if the set time is exceeded after the last bill is spent, such as 3 times, the front end of the bill is detected by the optical sensor Γ79, it is determined that an error has occurred (steps 251 and 252) ° Ministry of Economy Figure 30 printed by the Central Bureau of Standards ’Staff Consumer Cooperative shows an example of another different paper money expenditure structure. In this example, the optical sensor 191 is installed at the position shown on the figure. When the optical sensor 191 detects the front end of the banknote 40a, the gold box controller 33 sends a signal to stop the rotation of the payout motor 45. Moreover, after detecting the front end of the banknote through the optical sensor 191, the gold box controller 33 starts timing (described in detail below), and after a set period of time, a signal to rotate the payout motor 45 is output. The positional relationship between the pulley 55-1, the optical sensor 191, and the pick-up roller 44 at the entrance of the conveying path 109 satisfies the following condition, when the front end of the banknote 40a arrives is detected by the optical sensor 191 At this point, the optical sensor 191 detects the front end of the banknote 40a in time; the end of the banknote 40a is separated from contact with the pick-up roller 44; and the front end of the banknote 40a is properly held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 . Referring to FIG. 31, when the front end of the banknote 40a is detected by the optical sensor 191, the gold box controller 33 starts counting from the timer 186, and after a set period of time, such as 20 microseconds (ms), the output Start-up spending horse 81.9.20,000 (^ first read ^ the notes on the back of the page and then fill out this page) 丨 installed. 丨 line. This paper is suitable for the 4 specifications (2 〖0 X 2ί in the CNS) due to the difficulties in the home standard (CNS). ) 7? 'Goods) A6 B6 V. Description of invention (3 &amp;) Up to 45 rotation signals. Referring to FIG. 32, when the command to start the payment operation is issued, the gold box controller 33 rotates the payment motor 45 (step 371). The rotation of the payout motor 45 rotates the pick roller 44 and the feed roller 42 to pay out the banknote 40a. In FIG. 34, the front end of the payout banknote 40a is held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47. Then, the banknote 40a is transported to the detection point F as far as the front end of the banknote. According to the detection of the front end of the banknote 40a by the optical sensor 191, the gold box controller 33 generates a signal to stop the payout motor 45. Therefore, the payout motor 45 stops, causing the stop roller 44 driven by the payout motor 45 to stop. Rotate clockwise with the feed roller 42 to dispense banknotes (step 373). When the front end of the banknote 40a is detected by the optical sensor 191, the timing starts. After the payout motor 45 stops, it is determined whether the set number of bills has been paid out (step 374). If the last note has not been disbursed, the timer 186 starts counting when the front end of the bill is detected in step 272, and after a set period of time, the dispense motor 45 rotates and restarts the dispense operation (step 375). In step 374, if it is determined that the last banknote has been paid out, the payment operation is stopped (step 376). In step 372, if the front end of the banknote is not detected, the timing starts (step 377). And after a set length of time, for example, 500 microseconds (ms), if the front end of the banknote has not been detected, it is determined that the separation has failed or that the paper has been pushed, and the transaction function of the machine has a stacking error Is suspended (step 378). Referring now to FIG. 36, in this embodiment, banknotes are normally dispensed at intervals of Llrnm, and their transfer speed is ¥ 1 mm / sec. Winter Paper is very versatile Chinese National Standard (CN ’S) A 4 specifications (2 x 〇Xlie 7mm) ----------------------- installed! ——! 1r ------ line 丨-(please read the first one on the back; i * -item Xu Kou's writing VK) Printed by Employee Consumer Cooperative of Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs 81.9.20,000 A6

經濟部中央標準居®工消费合作社印絜 8l-9-2〇t〇〇〇 五、發明説明(3&amp;) 變動擋板50所需的時間爲tO ms。因紙幣40—1和40—2之 間隔爲L1',經過Ll/Vl=tl msec之後’因第一張紙幣40— 1已經通過擒板50,下面一張紙幣40—2被送入在傳送皮帶 上。爲了增加每單位時間分離紙幣的數目,設定t〇&gt;tl。 若紙幣間隔設定如上,變換擋板50落後,但是並不會發生 問題,因紙幣正常地支出,並無需回收。 參考囷33,在正常的情況下,傳送馬達48保持高轉速 (步驟391 ),但若是由發射式光學感測器49及56偵測到 一張不適合支付之不良情況下的紙幣,囷3 (步騍392 ) ,減緩傳送馬達48之轉速的信號送出(步驟393 )。保持 在傳送皮帶46及47間之紙幣的傳送速度,因傳送馬達48之 轉速減慢而變慢。另外,當紙幣被發射式光學感測器49及 56偵測到不良情況時,擋板50改變紙幣傳送通道至回收儲 金盒51之方向。用以上之設計,紙幣被以比正常情況慢的 速度傳送,被擋板50導引,且被存放在回收儲金盒51中。 上述較慢之傳送速度設計成有足夠的時間使擋板5〇改變紙 幣之傳送通道。 若紙幣被發射式光學感測器49及S6偵測到在不良情沉 時,支出馬達45停止其轉動,且下面一張紙幣之支出運轉 被暫停,直到這張在不良情況下之紙幣存放在回收儲金盒 51中。在不良情況下之紙幣存放在回收儲金盒51中之後( 步驟394 ),馬達45重新開始轉動,支出其餘的紙幣。並 且,傳送馬達48增加其轉速(步驟391 重新回到正常 的紙幣傳送速度。 參紙張又度適用中as家標準(lns)甲4規格uio X四7公货&gt; ------------------------裝----玎------線&gt; (請先閱讀竹面之;±奇?事項冉填、馬本頁) 烴濟部中央標準局®:工消费合作社印¾ 五、發明說明(37.) 參考囷37,若一張紙幣40—4歪斜,而前一張紙幣4〇 3保持在正常的情況下,雖然下一張紙幣40—4因歪斜 而必需回收,但前面一張紙幣40—3不需要被回收。在這 時候,使介於紙幣40—3和40—4間之間隔的最短距離爲 L2 mm。若不良情況下之紙幣被各自感測器偵測到,且發 出減低傳送馬達48之轉速的命令,例如:若傳送速度控制 在V2 mm/sec,因前面一張紙幣40-3已經通過擋板50, 下面一張紙幣40-4被以L2/V2=t2 msec傳送。因此,若 變動擒板51所花的時間t〇,及轉動速度V2之値設定爲滿足 t0&lt;t2 ’則在前一張紙幣4〇 — 3已經通過檔板5〇之後,在 下面一張紙幣40 —4到達前移動擋板50 ;因此,紙幣4〇_ 4可以被儲存在回收儲金盒51中。在不良情況下之紙幣4〇 —4存放在回收儲金盒51後,傳送馬達48之轉速加回速度VI 〇 依據紙幣自動支付機具有如上述之結構,彳貞測支出紙 幣之位置的偵測器安置如上所述,及基於從此偵測器债測 結果’括取滾輪和進給滾輪之驅動器被控制。因此,介於 連續數張支出紙幣之間隔被縮短,其結果使得單位時間内 紙幣之支出張數增加。 另外,棘輪從驅動器至拮取滾輪延著驅動力傳遞連桿 裝置;因此,在避免弄歪或損壞紙幣的情況下,可以支出 一種以上在傳送方向有不同長度之紙幣,換言之,於此提 出一個高度信賴的支出機構。 另外’若是拮取滾輪被相對紙幣之支出方向裝置在左 本紙張尺及通用中aa家堞導(cns)甲4蜆格(2丨0 X 297公¥ &gt; «1-9.20,000 (請:1«讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) —裝. 訂_ 線卜 2 A6 B6The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standard Ju® Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives Yin Bang 8l-9-2〇t〇〇 5. Invention Description (3 &amp;) The time required to change the baffle 50 is tO ms. Because the interval between banknotes 40-1 and 40-2 is L1 ', after Ll / Vl = tl msec,' because the first banknote 40-1 has passed through the catch plate 50, the next banknote 40-2 is sent into the conveyor On the belt. In order to increase the number of separated banknotes per unit time, set t〇> tl. If the banknote interval is set as above, the change flap 50 falls behind, but there is no problem, because the banknotes are normally dispensed, and there is no need to collect them. Referring to FIG. 33, under normal circumstances, the conveying motor 48 maintains a high rotation speed (step 391), but if it is detected by the transmissive optical sensors 49 and 56 that a banknote in an unfavorable situation that is not suitable for payment, 囷 3 ( Step 392), a signal to slow down the speed of the transmission motor 48 is sent (step 393). The transport speed of the banknotes maintained between the transport belts 46 and 47 becomes slower as the rotation speed of the transport motor 48 slows down. In addition, when the banknotes are detected by the transmitting optical sensors 49 and 56 as a failure, the shutter 50 changes the direction of the banknote transport path to the recovery gold box 51. With the above design, the banknotes are transported at a slower speed than normal, guided by the shutter 50, and stored in the recovery gold box 51. The above-mentioned slower conveying speed is designed to allow enough time for the shutter 50 to change the conveying path of the banknotes. If the banknotes are detected by the transmitting optical sensors 49 and S6 when the bad condition sinks, the payout motor 45 stops its rotation, and the payout operation of the next bill is suspended until the bill under the bad condition is stored in The gold storage box 51 is recovered. After the banknotes in the bad condition are stored in the recovery storage box 51 (step 394), the motor 45 starts to rotate again, and the remaining banknotes are paid out. And, the conveying motor 48 increases its rotational speed (step 391 returns to the normal banknote conveying speed. The reference paper is again applicable to the Chinese standard (lns) A 4 specifications uio X 4 7 public goods> ------- ----------------- 装 ---- 玎 ------ 线> (Please read the bamboo noodle first; ± odd? Matters Ran fill, Ma page ) Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Hydrocarbon Economy®: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives. V. Description of the invention (37.) Refer to 37. If a bill 40-40 is skewed and the previous bill 40 is kept under normal conditions, Although the next bill 40-4 must be recovered due to skew, the previous bill 40-3 does not need to be recovered. At this time, the shortest distance between the bills 40-3 and 40-4 is L2 mm. If the banknotes in the bad condition are detected by the respective sensors, and a command to reduce the speed of the conveying motor 48 is issued, for example: if the conveying speed is controlled at V2 mm / sec, the previous banknote 40-3 has passed The baffle 50, the next bill 40-4 is transported with L2 / V2 = t2 msec. Therefore, if the time t〇 spent changing the catch plate 51, and the value of the rotation speed V2 are set to satisfy t0 &lt; t2 ', then Previous After the banknote 40-3 has passed through the baffle plate 50, the next banknote 40-4 reaches the front moving baffle 50; therefore, the banknote 40_4 can be stored in the recovery gold box 51. In a bad situation The banknotes 40-4 are stored in the recovery gold box 51, and the rotation speed of the transfer motor 48 is increased back to the speed VI. According to the banknote automatic payment machine having the structure as described above, the detector for measuring the position of the spent banknotes is arranged as above As mentioned, based on the results of the debt measurement from this detector, the driver including the take-up roller and the feed roller is controlled. Therefore, the interval between consecutive bills of payment is shortened, and as a result, the number of bills of payment per unit time increases In addition, the ratchet wheel extends the driving force transmission link device from the driver to the pick-up roller; therefore, in the case of avoiding distortion or damage to the banknotes, more than one banknotes with different lengths in the transport direction can be paid out, in other words, proposed here It is a highly trusted expenditure organization. In addition, if the pickup roller is mounted on the left paper ruler and the universal aa family guide (cns) Jia 4 clam grid (2 丨 0 X 297 public ¥ &gt; «1-9.20,000 (please: 1« read the notes on the back and write this page) — Pack. Order_ Line 2 2 A6 B6

五、發明説明(3a) 經濟部中央標準局R工消t合作杜印« 右兩端,則每一個拮取滚輪各自具有它自己的棘輪;因此 ,甚至前一張紙幣在歪斜的情況下支出,下—張紙幣不會 受此情況影響,換言之,更進一步的増加了信賴度。 若多餘的紙幣隨著最後一張紙幣已被支出於半途上, 多出的紙幣會被完全支出並存放於回收儲金盒;因此,從 預防犯罪的觀點看很安全。因此,在此支出運轉期間,拮 取滾輪之驅動装置在較低速下運轉,所以當支出運轉停止 時,驅動裝置可在最短的時間内停住;因此,不再將多出 的紙幣支出。 若是傳送中之紙幣發生不合適支付的情況,傳送裝置 的傳送速度被降低,儲存此紙幣於回收儲金盒中;因此, 有足夠的時間變動紙幣傳送通道至回收儲金盒的方向,且 附帶地,連續性送出在正常傳送情況下之紙幣的間隔可以 縮短。 參考囷38,關於發明之另實施例之紙幣自動支付機, 具有一機體418,在此機體418的右前面,三個紙幣存放 儲金箱419活動式或分離式裝置在從上而下之垂直層。那 些紙幣存放儲金箱419具有相同的結構。它們具有一個開 口58位於前方,在支出運轉時支出紙幣,並且,有一個連 結器426在讀取側,每一個配在機體邊之連接器422、 423和424相互配合,如圖39中所示,保證連接至控制器 434,將於後描述。在機體418前面面板上提供了紙幣收 集盤427、428和429,它們裝在對應之紙幣支出開口的 旁邊。從相對於紙幣支出開口支出之紙幣,堆簦在這些盤 本紙張尺·度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉甲4規格(210 X 297 乂發} 81.9.20,000 ------------------------裝------ΤΓ------.^_ , (琦先閲¾背面之it*事項再項寫本頁)5. Description of the invention (3a) The Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs R Gongxiao cooperates with Du Yin «at the right end, each of the pick-up rollers has its own ratchet; therefore, even the previous bill is spent in the case of skew , Next—the paper currency will not be affected by this situation, in other words, the reliability will be further increased. If the surplus banknotes have been spent halfway along with the last banknote, the extra banknotes will be completely spent and stored in the recovery gold box; therefore, it is safe from the point of view of crime prevention. Therefore, during this payout operation, the drive device of the pickup roller operates at a lower speed, so when the payout operation is stopped, the drive device can be stopped in the shortest time; therefore, no more bills are spent. If the banknotes being transported are not suitable for payment, the transport speed of the transport device is reduced, and the banknotes are stored in the recovery gold storage box; therefore, there is enough time to change the direction of the banknote transfer channel to the recovery gold storage box, and the incidental Ground, the interval between continuously sending out banknotes under normal transport conditions can be reduced. Refer to Fig. 38, regarding a bill automatic payment machine according to another embodiment of the invention, it has a body 418, and on the right front of this body 418, three bill storage gold storage boxes 419 are movable or separate devices vertically from top to bottom Floor. Those banknote storage gold boxes 419 have the same structure. They have an opening 58 at the front, and payout banknotes during the payout operation, and there is a connector 426 on the reading side, each of the connectors 422, 423, and 424 on the side of the body cooperate with each other, as shown in FIG. 39 To ensure connection to the controller 434, which will be described later. Banknote collection trays 427, 428, and 429 are provided on the front panel of the body 418, and they are installed next to the corresponding banknote discharge openings. Banknotes paid out from the opening relative to the banknotes payout, stacking the paper size and degree on these plates apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 佂 发) 81.9.20,000 ---------- -------------- 装 ------ ΤΓ ------. ^ _, (Qi first read the it * items on the back then write this page)

2036¾^ 五、發明説明(3a) 中爲顧客收集。另外,在這機體前面面板之左 有一個處理卡片之卡片處理單元,也就是,卡片讀取印1 機(CRPH30。此卡片處理單元43〇具有從顧客插入之 讀取磁性餘,在卡片上寫人有關執行目前交易的内 新資料;以及在對帳單條紙上印域行交易的内容。 片處理單元430也具有—個爲插人卡片而設計之槽43ι。 在此卡片槽431之下方,最好是用液晶或⑽組成之 顯示器’提供顯示顧客在輸人操作時所下的指令,或是有 關於輸入資料的資訊。另外,在此顯示器的下方,有—個 鍵盤433具有-些鍵,且那些鍵由顧客壓下,執行輸入密 碼,要求支付總额等的操作。在機體418之較下部,裝置 -個控制器單70434,控制上述結構的零組件以及整部機 器。另外供電給機器中每—零組件之電源供應器435配置 在控制器單元434旁。 二個儲金箱419在本質上可以有相同的結構。在此實 施例中,它們和顯示在囷40的那一個一模一樣,在其中儲 金知31,參考圖3之描述,附加了一些零组件:連接器 426、雙排插入式Dip開關456及貨幣種類識別感測器單 元448和記憶體460,將在後面詳述。在圖中,類似的零 組件或結構元件像參考數字一樣的標示,且簡化多餘的描 述。 紙幣種類識別感測器448延著傳送通道1〇9裝設,且 發出對應從紙幣儲金盒400支出之信號,且在紙幣存放儲 金箱419中,經由傳送通道1〇9傳送。 (%^¾¾背面之;±*卞^再項寫衣頁) .裝. 訂_ .線. 經 濟 部 中 央 標 準 局 工 消 费 合 社 印 製 表紙張尺度適用中aa家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公货) 81.9.20,000 203656 烴濟部中央標a-/?7B工消费合作社印¾ A6 ΒΓ&gt; 五、發明説明(4Q) 在圖41中更清晰地,紙幣儲存盒400包含有一對引導 板451a及451b,它們爲紙幣之引導板,以紙幣4〇之長度量 測來定義紙幣儲存盒之位置,且它們設計成一個451a爲固 定式,另一個451b爲可調式。此可調式紙幣導引板451b爲 凸出物452活動式支撐。這凸出部份452具有兩排位在紙 幣40之儲存盒空間400的前後方,如圖41所示,爲一從上 往下看其上蓋打開之儲金箱的平面。在此實施例中,每排 由四塊凸出部份451b組成,形成凹槽453a、4S3b及453c ; 因此,儲存盒空間400可以三段式改變。活動式紙幣導引 板451b被插入及楔合在選中的凹槽453a、453b、453c之一 ,因此紙幣導引板451b被支撐在右上方。 紙幣導引板415b可以楔合於任意三個凹槽453a、453b 和453c之一,提供三種紙幣大小之選擇,且對應於儲存紙 幣種類的儲存位置,由選擇楔合位置來決定。更特別地, 若紙幣導引板451b配在最裡面之凹槽453a,介於對應之紙 幣等引板451a及451b間的寬度變成正好存放尺寸最小之仟 元日圓券;在中間之凹槽453b存放尺寸中等之伍千元曰圓 券,在最外面凹槽453c存放尺寸最大之萬元日圓券。 參考圖42,有一雙排插入式Dip開關456,配置在下 底殼53之前面面板之底部,在紙幣放入之後,開始操作, 設定存放在儲金箱419中表示紙幣種類之紙幣種類的資料 。如圖43所示,雙排插入式DIP開關456有一組開關456a ,表示四個數位。它設計成”〇,·代表此開關456a指示低位 ,而”1”代表高位。例如:若是仟元日圓券被存放,顯示 本紙張又度適《中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(2ΐυ X 297父处) 81·9·20,〇〇〇 ------------------------裝II----訂------線—— ί 4先閲;*背面之注*.卞項、再塡寫本頁) 2〇365b A6 _ B6 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作杜印製 五、發明説明(41.) 器經由開關456a之操作,顯示”0001” ; ”〇〇1〇”爲伍千元日 圓券’及&quot;001Γ爲萬元日圓券。用此恰當的設計,關於存 放在儲金箱419中紙幣種類之資訊可被輸入。 因紙幣存放儲金箱419具有適合於任何一種上述之紙 幣種類的結構,換句話説,它僅需要將紙幣導引板451b配 合對應於儲存紙幣種類之大小的凹槽453a、453b及453c之 一。例如:考慮將儲存什元日圓券的情沉。首先,用未圖 示之輪匙解開銷61打開上蓋54。下一步,壓紙幣4〇向拮取 滾輪44之壓板41向後移至回收儲金盒51,且固定在那兒, 因此存放紙幣之空間被保留在它和對邊之拮取滾輪44之間 。然後’活動式紙幣導引板451b與紙幣導引板451a搭配裝 在最裡面之凹槽453a,保留等於仟元日圓券長度之寬度的 空間,及需求數目的仟元日圆券儲放在此空間内,有順序 地保持於右上位置。再下一步,當壓板41從固定之位置釋 放’壓板41彈回壓紙幣40向拮取滾輪44,完成紙幣40的装 入程序。 當上蓋54關上且鎖61鎖上,雙排插入式Dip開關456 設定成表示何種紙幣種類存放在儲金箱419中。在此例中 ,因存放仟元日圓券,所以”〇〇〇1”被設定。在相同的情形 下,存放需要的紙幣種類,如伍仟元曰圓券和萬元曰圓券 ,且關於紙幣種類之相關資訊由雙排插入式DIp開關456 表示。沒有需要存放所有上述之紙幣種類。相反地,僅存 放萬元日圓券,或混合仟元日圓券及萬元日圓券;因此, 存放紙幣之種類可以確定提供最有效率選擇運作形式。在 ------------------------裝------.玎------線—— (請tM-'J.*u背面之注念事項冉塡寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國因家標準(CNS)甲4規格(2丨0 X 297么 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標準局ια工消费合作社印製 A6 B6 五、發明説明(必) 此時,經由讀取雙排插入式DIP開關456之設定,主控制 器434,可用紙幣種類作爲顧客資訊,顯示在顯示器432 上0 如上所述之樣子,完成儲金箱的準備之後,儲金箱從 後面先插入且裝在機器機體418中之儲金箱裝置槽内,並 且在每一紙幣存放儲金盒419之後面配有之連結器426連 接到在機體418上之陰性連結器422、423及424之一。 在附有連結器426之背面面板的内側,也就是,在儲金箱 419内,具有驅動分離和支出紙幣之馬達45、傳送馬達48 ,傳遞開始或停止信號至擋板51之激發器的連接線以及偵 測傳送中反常的情況或分辨紙幣之種類的感測器49、56、 57及448 。而且,配有未囷示之信號線,傳遞偵測信號 〇 當每一個連接器426連接至連結器422、423及424 中之一,且未圖示之電源435開關已開啓時,電力經由連 結器422、423、424及連結器426供應至儲金箱419中 之零組件,並且由設定雙排插入式DIP開關456表示紙張 種類之資訊傳送至控制器434。在上述狀況下,主控制器 434接收到存放在裝置的儲金箱419中表示紙幣4〇種類之 資訊。當發生顧客支付要求時,主控制器434依據表示紙 幣種類之資訊,下命令給紙幣存放儲金箱419,支出紙幣 Ο 參考圖44,紙幣自動支付機含有一個内部操作面板 457,且在維護檢修等期間,内部操作面板爲—個單元, 衣紙張適用中HBI家樣準(CNS) φ 4 规樁(2U) X 297 H ) ------&quot;&quot;&quot;&quot; ------------------------裝II----1Τ------線 (諳先閱-??背而之注*事項再壜寫本頁) A6 B6 五、發明説明(必) 配置於機體418中,由金融機構之員工操作。此機器亦配 有一個紙幣支出單元458從裝在儲金箱裝配槽之儲金箱419 中支出紙幣。控制器434具有一個儲金箱管理記憶體4S9, 存放關於存放在儲金箱419中紙幣種類之各種不同資訊, 以及已執行之交易,如:儲金箱419之操作過程和錯誤記 綠。此操作過程包括紙幣自動支付機執行交易的計數及總 额,且錯誤記綠包括有關於重巷支出之錯誤計數,破損紙 幣之偵測,以及類似的情況;換句話説,有關所有裝在機 器中之任一個儲金箱419之交易執行過程的資訊,及所有 發生在它們上面的事情皆被記錄。 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印w**- (請先M1?背而之注井?事項再項寫本頁) 丨裝 .線. 更詳細地,控制器434依據從儲金箱419得來之資訊 ,知道何種紙幣被存放在那一個儲金箱419。讓存放仟元 曰圓券之儲金箱419裝在最上層之儲金箱裝置槽;存放伍 千元日圓券之儲金箱419在中間的槽;以及萬元日圓券之 儲金箱419在最下層之槽。若顧客要求總额,如57 〇〇〇日 圓,則主控制器434控制紙幣支出單元458 ,從最下層之 儲金箱419支出五單位萬元日圓券,從中間儲金箱419支 出一單位伍仟元日圓券,以及從最上層之儲金箱支出二單 位什元日圓券。紙幣支出單元458從儲金箱419中支出設 定數目的紙幣,然後,緊接著執行傳送、偵測、收集及支 出步驟。同時,在儲金箱管理記錄部份459之資訊被更新 。也就是,交易計數資訊被增加一,且關於支出紙幣之紙 幣計數資訊被更新,分別增加5因五單位萬元曰圓券,增 加1因一單位伍仟元券,增加2因二單位仟元日圓券。而 拿紙張又度適玥taa家棵準u:ns)甲4規格 A6 B6 203656 i、發明説明(44) 且,若是在此時發生重番支出,則記綠重番支出之計數的 資訊中之値增加1。 在這情況下,藉儲存關於已執行交易之各種不同交易 資訊,紙幣自動支付機一起抓取在控制器434中關於已執 行之交易資訊。在交易期間,處理紙幣總額之管理或是在 營業結束之後,此資訊被呼叫出來,爲機械部份如紙幣支 付單元458之維護檢修。 儲金箱419具有它自己的儲金箱管理記憶體,位在鄰 近回收儲金盒51,且如圖40中所示,各別儲存了相關儲金 箱419之運轉經過以及錯誤記錄。儲金箱管理記憶體46〇 用電境線連接至控制器434,像儲金箱419之連結器425 連接至機器主配件之連結器422、423或424。在儲金箱 安裝好後,當電源435接上,可以從控制器434控制機器 運轉,且同時進入交易資訊的收集或新資訊的加入的儲金 箱管理記憶體460中。 儲金箱管理記憶體460具有一運轉資料之格式來儲存 運轉資料,及錯誤資料格式來儲存錯誤資料,分別如圖必 及46所示。首先,如圖46所示,運i轉資料被設計成儲存 個別支付運轉次數及仟元、伍千元和萬元券之紙幣張數; 總支付運轉次數和所有紙幣之紙幣張數;㈣測在支出運 轉期間紙幣衫支出之第-條第二個制祕及%的輸 出値配合支出;分離及支出紙幣之馬祕和傳送紙幣之馬 達48的驅動時間;以及其他各種資訊。 另外,如圖46科,錯崎料料朗加在上述運轉 本纸張又度適用中國a家樣準(cns)甲4規格(210 ------------------------裝------,玎------ (請先閲讀背面之注&amp;事項再塡寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局g工消费合作杜印*'14 X 297 乂、译) 81-9.20,〇〇〇 〇365b2036¾ ^ V. Invention description (3a) for customers. In addition, on the left side of the front panel of this machine, there is a card processing unit that processes cards, that is, a card reading and printing machine (CRPH30. This card processing unit 43. has a magnetic readout inserted from a customer and writes on the card New information about the execution of the current transaction by the person; and the content of the domain transaction printed on the statement sheet. The chip processing unit 430 also has a slot 43ι designed for inserting cards. Below the card slot 431, It is best to use a liquid crystal or a display composed of ⑽ 'to display the instructions given by customers during input operation, or information about input data. In addition, below this display, there is a keyboard 433 with some keys And the keys are pressed by the customer to perform operations such as entering a password and requesting payment of the total amount. In the lower part of the body 418, a device single controller 70434 controls the components and the whole machine of the above structure. The power supply 435 of each component in the machine is arranged next to the controller unit 434. The two gold storage boxes 419 may have substantially the same structure. In this embodiment, they The one shown on the wall 40 is exactly the same, in which the gold reserve 31, with reference to the description of FIG. 3, some additional components are added: a connector 426, a double-row plug-in Dip switch 456, a currency type recognition sensor unit 448 and a memory 460 , Which will be described in detail later. In the figure, similar components or structural elements are marked like reference numerals, and redundant descriptions are simplified. The banknote type recognition sensor 448 is installed along the transmission channel 109, and issued Corresponding to the signal of spending from the banknote storage box 400, and in the banknote storage box 419, it is transmitted through the transmission channel 1〇9. (% ^ ¾¾ the back; ± * 卞 ^ write the clothing page again). Pack. Order _. Line. The standard of the paper printed by the Ministry of Economy, Central Bureau of Standards, Industry and Consumers Co., Ltd. applies to the aa standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public goods) 81.9.20,000 203656 Central standard of the Ministry of Hydrocarbon Economy a-/? 7B Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperative Society ¾ A6 ΒΓ &gt; V. Description of the Invention (4Q) In FIG. 41, the banknote storage box 400 includes a pair of guide plates 451a and 451b, which are the guide plates of the banknotes. The length of the banknotes is 40. Measure to define the banknote storage box They are designed such that one 451a is fixed and the other 451b is adjustable. This adjustable banknote guide 451b is a movable support for the protrusion 452. This protrusion 452 has two rows of banknotes 40 The front and rear of the storage box space 400, as shown in FIG. 41, is a plane looking at the gold storage box with its upper cover opened from top to bottom. In this embodiment, each row is composed of four protruding portions 451b to form The grooves 453a, 4S3b and 453c; therefore, the storage box space 400 can be changed in three stages. The movable paper money guide plate 451b is inserted and wedged in one of the selected grooves 453a, 453b, 453c, so the paper money guide The plate 451b is supported on the upper right. The banknote guide plate 415b can be wedged in one of any three grooves 453a, 453b, and 453c to provide a choice of three banknote sizes, and the storage position corresponding to the type of banknotes to be stored is determined by the selection of the wedge position. More specifically, if the paper money guide plate 451b is fitted in the innermost groove 453a, the width between the corresponding paper money guide plates 451a and 451b becomes just to store the thousand yen yen bill with the smallest size; the groove 453b in the middle Store the medium-sized Wu Qianyuan Japanese Yen coupons, and store the largest 10,000 yen yen coupons in the outermost groove 453c. Referring to FIG. 42, there is a double-row plug-in Dip switch 456, which is arranged at the bottom of the front panel of the lower case 53. After the paper money is inserted, the operation is started, and the data of the paper money type indicating the type of paper money stored in the gold storage box 419 is set. As shown in FIG. 43, the double-row plug-in DIP switch 456 has a set of switches 456a representing four digits. It is designed as "〇," which means that the switch 456a indicates a low position, and "1" represents a high position. For example: if the thousand yen yen coupon is stored, it shows that the paper is also suitable for "China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (2 l X 297 father's place) 81 · 9 · 20, 〇〇〇 ------------------------ installed II ---- ordered ------ Line-ί 4 first read; * note on the back *. Bian item, and then write this page) 2〇365b A6 _ B6 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau S industrial and consumer cooperation du printing five, invention description (41.) Through the operation of the switch 456a, "0001" is displayed; "〇〇1〇" is "Yuan Qianyuan Yen Voucher" and "001Γ" is 10,000 Yen Yen Voucher. With this proper design, information about the types of banknotes stored in the gold storage box 419 Can be entered. Because the banknote storage gold box 419 has a structure suitable for any of the aforementioned types of banknotes, in other words, it only needs to fit the banknote guide plate 451b into the grooves 453a, 453b corresponding to the size of the stored banknotes And one of 453c. For example: consider the emotion of storing Yen Yen coupons. First, open the upper lid 54 with a wheel key unshown overhead 61. Next, press the banknote 4 The pressing plate 41 of the pick-up roller 44 is moved back to the recovery gold storage box 51 and is fixed there, so the space for storing banknotes is reserved between it and the pick-up roller 44 on the opposite side. Then the 'movable banknote guide plate The 451b and the banknote guide plate 451a are installed in the innermost groove 453a, and a space equal to the length of the thousand yen yen coupon is reserved, and the required number of thousand yen yen coupons are stored in this space, and are sequentially kept on the upper right In the next step, when the pressure plate 41 is released from a fixed position, the pressure plate 41 springs back and presses the banknote 40 toward the pickup roller 44 to complete the loading process of the banknote 40. When the upper cover 54 is closed and the lock 61 is locked, the double-row insertion type The Dip switch 456 is set to indicate what kind of banknotes are stored in the gold storage box 419. In this example, since thousands of yen are stored, "00001" is set. In the same situation, the required banknotes are stored Types, such as Wu Qianyuan and Yuan million, and the relevant information about the type of banknotes is indicated by the double-row plug-in DIp switch 456. There is no need to store all the above types of banknotes. On the contrary, only 10,000 yen Coupon Or a mixture of thousands of yen and 10,000 yen; therefore, the type of banknotes deposited can be determined to provide the most efficient choice of operation form. In --------------------- --- installed ------. 玎 ------ LINE—— (Please note the notes on the back of tM-'J. * U Ran Cheng to write this page) CNS) A4 specifications (2 丨 0 X 297? 81.9.20,000 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A6 B6 of the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives. V. Description of the invention (required) At this time, the settings of the double row plug-in DIP switch 456 are read The main controller 434 can use the banknote type as customer information, which is displayed on the display 432. As described above, after the preparation of the gold storage box is completed, the gold storage box is inserted from the back and installed in the machine body 418 The box device slot, and the connector 426 provided behind each banknote storage gold box 419 is connected to one of the female connectors 422, 423, and 424 on the body 418. On the inner side of the back panel with the connector 426, that is, in the gold storage box 419, there is a motor 45 that drives the separation and discharge of banknotes, a transfer motor 48, and transmits a start or stop signal to the trigger of the baffle 51. Lines and sensors 49, 56, 57 and 448 for detecting abnormal conditions in transmission or distinguishing the types of banknotes. Moreover, it is equipped with a signal line that is not shown, and transmits a detection signal. When each connector 426 is connected to one of the connectors 422, 423, and 424, and the power supply 435 switch (not shown) is turned on, the power passes through the connection The devices 422, 423, 424 and the connector 426 are supplied to the components in the gold storage box 419, and the information indicating the type of paper is transmitted to the controller 434 by setting the double-row plug-in DIP switch 456. Under the above conditions, the main controller 434 receives information indicating the type of banknotes 40 stored in the gold storage box 419 of the device. When a payment request from a customer occurs, the main controller 434 orders the storage of the banknote storage box 419 based on the information indicating the type of banknotes. The banknotes are disbursed. Referring to FIG. 44, the automatic payment machine for banknotes includes an internal operation panel 457, which is under maintenance During the same period, the internal operation panel is a unit, and the paper and paper are suitable for the HBI home sample standard (CNS) φ 4 gauge pile (2U) X 297 H) ------ &quot; &quot; &quot; &quot; --- --------------------- installed II ---- 1Τ ------ line (keep reading first-?? note to the contrary * matters then 壜(Write this page) A6 B6 5. Description of the invention (required) It is arranged in the body 418 and is operated by employees of financial institutions. The machine is also equipped with a banknote disbursing unit 458 to dispense banknotes from the gold storage box 419 installed in the gold box assembling slot. The controller 434 has a gold box management memory 4S9, which stores various information about the types of banknotes stored in the gold box 419, and the transactions that have been executed, such as the operation process of the gold box 419 and error recording. This operation process includes the counting and total amount of transactions performed by the banknote automatic payment machine, and the error green includes the incorrect counting of heavy lane expenditures, the detection of broken banknotes, and similar situations; in other words, all the The information of the transaction execution process of any one of the gold storage boxes 419, and all the things happening on them are recorded. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Bureau of Standards, Employee Consumer Cooperative Printed w **-(please first M1? Backfill well? Matters and write this page) 丨 Install. Line. In more detail, the controller 434 is based on the storage box 419 The information comes from, knowing which banknotes are stored in that gold box 419. Let the gold storage box 419 for storing thousands of yen notes be installed in the uppermost slot of the gold storage box; the gold storage box 419 for storing yen thousand yen notes in the middle slot; and the gold storage box 419 for ten thousand yen notes at the bottom Of the slot. If the customer requests the total amount, such as 57,000 yen, the main controller 434 controls the paper money disbursement unit 458, distributing five units of 10,000 yen coupons from the lowermost gold storage box 419, and distributing one unit from the intermediate gold storage box 419 Thousand yen yen coupons, and two units of yen yen coupons from the uppermost gold storage box. The banknote disbursing unit 458 dispenses a set number of banknotes from the gold storage box 419, and then, performs the steps of transfer, detection, collection, and payment immediately thereafter. At the same time, the information in the storage box management record section 459 is updated. That is, the transaction count information is incremented by one, and the banknote count information about the payout banknotes is updated, with an increase of 5 due to the five-unit ten-dollar coupon, an increase of one due to the unit of five thousand yuan coupon, and an increase of two due to the two unit Yen coupons. And take the paper and moderately suitable for the taa family quasi-u: ns) A4 specification A6 B6 203656 i, invention description (44) and, if repeated expenditure occurs at this time, the information of the count of green repeated expenditure is recorded in the information The value increases by 1. In this case, by storing various transaction information about the executed transaction, the paper money automatic payment machine fetches the executed transaction information in the controller 434 together. During the transaction, the management of the processing of the total amount of banknotes or after the business is over, this information is called out for the maintenance of mechanical parts such as the banknote payment unit 458. The gold storage box 419 has its own gold storage box management memory, which is located near the recovery gold storage box 51, and as shown in FIG. 40, the operation history and error records of the relevant gold storage box 419 are stored separately. The gold storage box management memory 46 is connected to the controller 434 with an electric wire, and the connector 425 like the gold storage box 419 is connected to the connector 422, 423, or 424 of the main machine accessory. After the gold box is installed, when the power supply 435 is connected, the machine can be controlled from the controller 434, and at the same time, it enters the gold box management memory 460 where transaction information is collected or new information is added. The gold box management memory 460 has a format of operation data to store the operation data, and an error data format to store the error data, as shown in FIGS. 46 and 46, respectively. First, as shown in Figure 46, the transfer data is designed to store the number of individual payment operations and the number of banknotes of thousands of yuan, five thousand yuan and ten thousand yuan coupons; the total number of payment operations and the number of banknotes of all banknotes; During the operation, the second secret of the expenditure of the bill shirt and the output value of the% match the expenditure; the driving time of the separation and expenditure of the bill's secret and the motor 48 for conveying the bill; and other various information. In addition, as shown in Fig. 46, the paper is also suitable for the Chinese a standard (cns) A 4 specifications (210 --------------- --------- installed ------, 玎 ------ (please read the notes on the back &amp; matters before writing this page) Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs India * '14 X 297 q, translation) 81-9.20, 〇〇〇〇365b

經浒部中央標準局β工消费合作杜印*'|农 五、發明説明(45l) 資枓之一部份,存放不同的錯誤資訊,如每一種紙幣之總 回收次數;歪斜回收次數,依每種紙幣之種類顯示發生過 度歪斜的次數;每一種紙幣之重疊回收次數;堆疊次數, 依每種紙幣之種類顯示紙幣堆疊的次數。 回到囷44,控制器434包含交易資訊之控制器部份463 。杈制器463經由連結器425及連結器422、423或424進 入使用在各別儲金箱419中之儲金箱管理記憶體46〇收集 關於執行交易之各種資料或用増加的資料更新。 參考圖46和48,在運轉中,當表示支付總额之資料( 例如· 57,000日圓),顧客經由鍵盤433輸入時(步驟5〇1 ),此輸入資訊被傳遞至主控制器434 ,且依據從儲金箱 419得到之紙幣種類,控制器434指示保持有關需求總數 之紙幣的儲金箱419支出紙幣。首先,控制器434發指令 至紙幣支出單元458支付5單位的萬元日圓券(步驟502) 。依據此指示,裝在下層槽存放萬元日圓券之儲金箱419 的括取滾輪44和進給滾輪42被驅動旋轉,分離及送出保持 於傳送皮帶46及47之間並傳送之一張張的紙幣(步驟5〇3 )。當單一張紙幣被支出且其歪斜角度未超設定範固(步 驟504 ),紙幣40從紙幣支出開口58存放在收集盤429中 (步驟506 )。在這時候,控制器457經由感測器57計數 支出之紙幣。若超過兩單位之紙張被同時支出,則它們被 存放在回收儲金盒51 (步驟505 ),且分離紙張之運轉重 新啓動。在計數5張支出之紙幣的同時,確定5張萬元曰 圓券已存放於收集盤429中(步驟507 );因此,萬元曰 本纸張尺度適用中國國家律準(CNS)甲&lt;1峴格(210 X 297公釐&gt; 81.9.20 000 ------------------------裝------.玎------線 (諳先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局t®工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(恥) 圓券儲金盒419之拮取滾輪44和進給滾輪42的轉動停止, 暫停分離及支出萬元日圓券之運轉(步驟508 )。 然後,立即確認5單位的萬元日圓券在上述的情形下 已正常支出,1單位的伍仟元日圓券在相同的情形下被支 出。下一步,命令送至在最上層之千元日圓券儲金箱419 ,支付2單位之仟元日圓券(步驟509 )。這2單位像萬 元日圓券存放於盤427中之後,分離及支出仟元日圓券之 運轉停止(步驟510至515)。最後,顧客從收集盤427、 428及429中取走紙幣,結束了支付紙幣的運轉(步驟516 )° 在上述情況中,5單位的萬元日圓券從最下層的儲金 箱419中支出;1單位的伍仟元日圓券從中間的儲金箱419 中支出;及2單位的仟元日圓券從最上層的儲金箱419中 支出。那些個別支出之運轉造成在儲金箱管理記憶體460 中關於支出紙幣40之種類及張數的資訊經由交易資訊控制 器463更新。 參考圖49,支付57,000日圓之交易中,支出萬元曰圓 券之運轉期間,若沒有任何偵測信號從傳送偵測感測器57 傳出,則控制器434確定發生堆疊(步驟531 ),且停止 萬元日圓券儲金箱419之支出運轉(步驟532 )。例如, 若是3張萬元日圓券已經存放在收集盤429中,則由控制 器434將命令送至在中間的儲金箱419用伍仟元日圓券支 付餘款中之二萬日圓(步驟533 );因此,伍仟元日圓券 儲金箱419之拮取滾輪44和進給滾輪42被驅動旋轉,分離 (4^閲治背面之注*-事項冉项寫本頁) —裝_ *1T. -丨線. 本纸張又度適用中a國家標準(CNS)甲.1規格(210 X 2ί&gt;7公缝) 81.9.20,000 A6 ΒΓ&gt; ^03656 i、發明説明(47·) 及支出保持於傳送皮帶46及47之間並傳送之一張張的伍仟 元曰圓券(步驟534 ),並且從紙幣支出開口π存放在收 集盤428中(步燦535 )。當4單位伍什元日圓券存放在 收集盤428中(步驟536 ),伍仟元日圓券儲金箱419之 拮取滾輪44及進給滚松42的轉動停止,換句話説,分離及 支出萬元曰圓券之運轉停止(步樣537 ),結束堆巷處理 程序(步驟538 )。附帶地,若是伍千元日圓券發生堆昼 ,仟元日圓券以相同的狀況替代支付。若仟元日圓券發生 堆疊,仟元日圓之支付被停止;因此,支付運轉随後執行 僅限於支出萬元及伍仟元日圓券之運轉。 在此實施例中,有一個機構拿回已存放在紙幣收集盤 427、428及429中之紙幣至儲金箱419中,也就是收回 機構,未圖示。若加上此收回功能,則支付運轉被設計成 以下的樣子。例如,若是萬元日圓券發生堆疊,則顯示這 事實。然後,經過顧客的認可用伍仟元日圓券代替支付。 若未被認可,在收集盤中之紙幣被收回至機器中,且顯示 如”現在,僅支付伍仟元及萬元日圓券”於顯示器432後 ,將卡片退還顧客。 另外,此實施例被描述有關處理三種紙幣的情況,也 就疋萬元、伍什元及仟元日圓券。無論如何,所有紙幣可 以是萬元日圓券,且在這例子中,不需要如上訊息,換句 話説,在已發生堆疊時,僅需要停止儲金箱之支出運轉, 且用其他的儲金箱重新開始紙幣支出運轉。然後,在移走 堆疊紙幣重新設置正常運轉的維修人員到達之後,可以 衣紙張尺茂適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公梦 -裝II----,玎------嫁 (諸先閲讀背面之注念事項再瑣寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印製 81.9.20,000 -〇3^b A6 B6 烴濟部中央標爭局員工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(4a) 新開始正常交易。 在紙幣支出服務運轉期間,若是被感測器49及56偵測 到有一張紙幣40的錯誤傳送,例如,超過二單位紙幣的同 時傳送,則有關於每一種紙幣之重疊支出回收張數的資訊 被更新,且例如,若是偵測到過度歪斜,關於每種紙幣之 歪斜回收張數之資訊被更新,在相同的情況下,如紙幣支 出計數等。若是偵測到其他造成紙幣被回收之因素,則關 於對應的因素之位址的資訊被進入,且關於總回收張數的 資訊經由交易資訊控制器463被控制器434更新。 此資訊指出每一儲金箱419回收發生率;因此,具有 高回收發生率之儲金箱可被辨出,建議需要由維護人員維 護檢査或是更換運轉。例如,若是數値指出重疊支出回收 計數很大,則支出運轉可經由檢查或更換支出紙幣40之零 組件如拮取滾輪42或反轉滾輪43而穩定。 另外,在儲金箱管理記憶體460中之運轉資料,也包 括用於檢査在儲金箱419中各種不同之感測器及激發器。 感測器單元49及56包含一對由一光源發射裝置發射光及一 光學感光的裝置感測此光所組成,其中之一設置在傳送通 道109之上方,另一個在下方。若是外來的物質,如紙灰 ,積存且疊積在感測器之光源發射或光源感測部份之上, 有時候感測器之輸出値退化。若是如此情況發生,則可能 發生感測器不能感測到發射光源之信號,附帶地,甚至紙 幣40並未經過感測器單元,它們反應如偵測到紙幣的存在 。因此,爲了避免如此的情況發生,經由交易資訊控制器 ------------------------装------1T------線 &lt;請先閲治背面之注念事項再塡寫本页) 本紙張又度適用中國國家標準甲4規烙(2丨0 X 297么'牮) 81.9.20,000 經濟部中央標S-局8工消费合作社印製 81·9·20,〇〇〇 203656 Αβ _ B6 五、發明説明(姐) 463,感測器49及56之輸出位階的値,存放在運轉資料中 設定的位址;因此,建議維護人員做清潔的操作及像以前 一樣在錯誤偵測開始發生時上述之値退化至臨界値。 另外,相同之情況適用於激發器。例如,若是關於分 離及支出馬達45之累計驅動時數的資料經由交易資訊控制 器463,更新及儲存在運資料中保留之位址,並建立壽命 E (小時),比較那些資料,在馬達45之壽命終了前,通 知零組件更換時效之維修人員。如此,像是發生在儲金箱 419之錯誤,可經由辨識它們如上所述而提前避開。附帶 地,由維修人員執行使用可用的機器主配件内部操作面板 457的零組件如鑰匙(未圖示)。 上述之實施例是針對現金自動交易機,擔任處理紙幣 支付交易之紙幣自動支付機。無論如何,不用説,本發明 並不限於僅應用在紙幣自動支付機,而且也應用在處理存 A交易之機器或疋處理存款及提款兩種交易之機器。換句 話説,若是有關存放貨幣之種類及數量、現金收取機構之 錯誤次數等的資訊被存放於機器中,用在存款交易的執行 ,而且若是有關參考此實施例之前述支付運轉加上存款交 易的資料,被存放在機器中,用在存款及提款兩種交易之 執行,可以很容易地達到不只是保持個別交易總额之記綠 ,而且也點出那裡有麻煩發生。另外,不用説,本發明可 以應用爲不僅處理紙幣且也處理硬幣的機器。 在上述交易期間,若發生在中間槽存放伍仟元日圓券 之紙幣儲金箱419已經空了,則主控制器執行控制從其他 本纸張尺度適用中固國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------------------裝----——訂------線 ί凊1間4背面之;.1意事項再塡寫本頁) A6 B6 203656 五、發明説明(5Q ) (請先閱讀背面之注念事嘈再填寫本頁) 儲金箱支出紙幣等於伍仟元之總金额。亦就是説,因控制 器434知道那一種紙幣被分別放在最上層、中間及最下層 之紙幣儲金箱419,所以控制器434執行替代伍仟元日圓 支出一樣單位之仟元日圓券的控制。因此,在此情況下, 支付需求可以經由指示從最上層之紙幣儲金箱419支出總 數爲7單位的什元日圓券。 Γ 如前所述,若在支付運轉時,重疊支出或歪斜被偵測 到’則涉及單位的紙幣儲存在回收儲金盒Η,且隨後,重 覆支出及傳送運轉被直到在正常情況下正確數目的紙幣已 被遞出。另外若由控制器434指示支出之貨幣種類在眞正 支出之單位的紙幣,未能符合由貨幣種類辨識感測器448 執行貨幣種類辨識之結果,就如同不正常的傳送發生,則 擋板50被旋轉傳送涉及貨幣至回收儲金盒。 經濟部中央標準局®:工消费合作社印製 在由控制器434所保持之貨幣種類資訊和眞正支出及 由貨幣種類辨識感測器448所分辨之紙幣種類,可能發生 如下情況,當什元曰圓券被混雜及儲存在萬元曰圓券之儲 金箱中,或是當紙幣導引板451b被配置於對應萬元曰圓券 之最外面凹槽453c,但是實際上被存放之紙幣爲伍仟元曰 圓券。無論如何,甚至一種不同於雙排插入式DIp開關456 所設定種類之紙幣被存放,經由貨幣種類辨識感測器448 來辨別支出之紙幣永遠不會出錯;因此,將不會錯誤地支 付給顧客。另外,若存在一特定儲金箱内之所有單位之紙 幣爲一種不同於由雙排插入式DIP開關456顯示之貨幣種 類資訊,則所有從此儲金箱支出之紙幣,統統被送至回收 本紙張又度適用中國國家櫟準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公釐) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 203656 五、發明説明(51.) 儲金盒51。因此,控制器434具有一控制功能暫時停止運 轉;因此’若某一特定儲金箱持續經歷過一預先設定的回 收次數,如10次,則確定是負责人造成的設定錯誤或其他 因素,且暫時停止機器之運轉。採用上述設計,順利完成 紙幣支付運轉變得可行。 同時,在支出紙幣的時候,若是在顯示器432上顯現 出如”從最下層開口支付二萬日圓,從中間開口支付伍仟 曰圓,及從上層開口支二仟日圓”,則可減少意外諸如雇 客忘了取走現款。而且,若經過安排,關於由雙排插入式 DIP開關456設定之紙幣種類的資訊,顯示在如雙排插入 式DIP開關456之發光二極體(LED)顯示器上,負贵人檢 視雙排插入式DIP開關456並很容易發現何種紙幣存放在 那一個儲金箱中。 圖50及51顯示另一實施例,輸出一個指出存放在儲金 箱419中貨幣之種類的信號。在圖中,在凸出部份452之 凹槽453a、453b及453c,分別配有導引板感測器659a、 • 659b及659c。這些由偵測裝置如光耦合器所組成之感測器 ,偵測凹槽453a、453b及453c之一是否裝有紙幣導引板 451b。控制器434使用從那些導引板感測器659a、65% 或659c傳出之信號,確認在那一個凹槽453a、453b及453c ,配有紙幣導引板451b,換言之,辨別紙幣種類。 這些導引板感測器65%、65%及659c,做成橫截面爲 凹的輪廓,也就是,在中間有一凹槽659g,如圖52所示代 表感測器659a。將感測器659a設置成組成凹453a槽之一部 ------------------------裝-------訂------線— (琦先閱&quot;、背面之注悉事項再塡寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印*',取 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公紱) 81.9.20.000 A6 B6 五、發明説明(sa) (淆&quot;閱靖背面之注意事哨再瑣寫本頁) 份,如此樣子凹槽659g之中心線與形體452之凹槽453a的 中心線對齊幾近一直線。經由連接線659e和659f,將導引 板感測器659a之輸出信號傳送至連接器426,並經由機器 主配件之連接器422、423或424傳送至控制器434。用 貨幣平檯660從下面支撐存放於儲存空間4〇〇之紙幣40。 存放紙幣於紙幣儲金箱419之程序,與上述之實施例 幾乎相同。於此,當配置紙幣導引板451b在凸出部份452 的凹槽4S3a、453b及453c之一時,對應的導引板感測器 659a、65%或659c,輸出表示紙幣導引板451b存在的信號 。因此,當此儲金箱419裝置於紙幣自動支付機中時,控 制器434自動地辨識存放在儲金箱419中之紙幣50種類, 甚至於未配備雙排插入式DIP開關456,換句話説,甚至 人工未設定有關儲存紙幣40之種類的資訊,紙幣種類資訊 ,確切地傳送至控制器434。因此控制器434採用從配在 紙幣儲金箱419中之導引板感測器659a、65%或659c,偵 測結果得到的紙幣種類資訊,依據顧客的支付需求,命令 各個紙幣儲金箱419執行支付運轉。By the Central Ministry of Standards of the Ministry of Mars, β-industrial consumer cooperation Du Yin * '| Agriculture V. Description of invention (45l) Part of the resource, storing different error information, such as the total number of times each banknote is recovered; The type of each banknote shows the number of excessive skews; the number of overlapping recovery of each type of banknote; and the number of stacking shows the number of stacks of banknotes according to the type of each banknote. Returning to Fig. 44, the controller 434 contains the controller portion 463 of the transaction information. The controller 463 enters the storage box management memory 46 used in the respective storage boxes 419 via the connector 425 and the connectors 422, 423, or 424 to collect various data about executing transactions or to update with additional data. Referring to FIGS. 46 and 48, during operation, when data representing the total amount of payment (for example, 57,000 yen) is input by the customer via the keyboard 433 (step 51), this input information is transferred to the main controller 434, And according to the types of banknotes obtained from the gold storage box 419, the controller 434 instructs the gold storage box 419 to keep the banknotes related to the total demand to pay out the banknotes. First, the controller 434 issues an instruction to the paper money disbursing unit 458 to pay 5 units of 10,000 yen coupons (step 502). According to this instruction, the take-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 installed in the gold storage box 419 in the lower slot for storing 10,000 yen notes are driven to rotate, separate and send out a sheet held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 and transmitted Of paper money (step 5〇3). When a single bill is paid out and its skew angle does not exceed the set range (step 504), the bill 40 is stored in the collection tray 429 from the bill discharge opening 58 (step 506). At this time, the controller 457 counts the bills paid out via the sensor 57. If more than two units of paper are discharged at the same time, they are stored in the recovery gold box 51 (step 505), and the operation of separating the paper is restarted. While counting the 5 bills paid out, it is determined that 5 pieces of RMB 10,000 Yuan notes have been deposited in the collection tray 429 (step 507); therefore, the scale of RMB 10,000 Yuan paper is applicable to the Chinese National Law (CNS) A &lt; 1 Dan Grid (210 X 297 mm> 81.9.20 000 ------------------------ installed ------. 玎 ---- --Line (keep reading the precautions on the back and then fill out this page) A6 B6 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economy t®Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of Invention (Shame) The voucher storage box 419 of the voucher 44 and the advance The rotation of the scroll wheel 42 is stopped, and the operation of separation and payment of 10,000 yen coupons is suspended (step 508). Then, immediately confirm that 5 units of 10,000 yen coupons have been paid normally under the above circumstances, and 1 unit of 5,000 yen yen coupons In the same situation, it is disbursed. Next, the order is sent to the top thousand yen yen voucher deposit box 419, and 2 units of thousand yen yen vouchers are paid (step 509). These 2 units are stored like ten thousand yen yen vouchers in After tray 427, the operation of separating and distributing thousands of yen notes is stopped (steps 510 to 515). Finally, the customer takes the banknotes from the collection trays 427, 428, and 429, which is over Operation of paying bills (step 516) ° In the above case, 5 units of 10,000 yen coupons are paid out from the lowermost storage box 419; 1 unit of 5,000 yen coupons are paid out from the middle storage box 419; And 2 units of thousand yen notes are paid from the top-level gold box 419. The operation of those individual expenditures results in information about the type and number of bills 40 paid out in the gold box management memory 460 via the transaction information controller Update 463. Referring to Figure 49, during the transaction of paying 57,000 yen, during the operation of the 10,000 yen bill, if there is no detection signal from the transmission detection sensor 57, the controller 434 determines that stacking occurs (step 531), and stop the expenditure operation of the 10,000 yen yen deposit box 419 (step 532). For example, if three 10,000 yen yen bills have been stored in the collection tray 429, the controller 434 will send the order to the intermediate deposit Box 419 pays 20,000 yen of the remaining balance with Wuqianyuan yen vouchers (step 533); therefore, the pickup roller 44 and feed roller 42 of the Wuqianyuan yen deposit box 419 are driven to rotate and separate (4 ^ Notes on the back of Yoshiji *-thing Ran Xiang wrote this page) —Installed _ * 1T.-丨 Line. This paper is again applicable to the National Standard (CNS) A.1 Specification (210 X 2ί &7; 7 male seams) 81.9.20,000 A6 ΒΓ &gt; ^ 03656 i. Description of the invention (47 ·) and a piece of Wu Qianyuan said that the expenditure is kept between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 and transmitted (step 534), and is stored in the collection tray 428 from the banknote expenditure opening π ( Bucan 535). When 4 units of Yoshimoto Yen coupons are stored in the collection tray 428 (step 536), the rotation of the Wu Qianyuan Yen coupon deposit box 419 of the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 stops, in other words, separation and expenditure The operation of Wanyuanyueyuan bonds stops (step 537), and the stacking lane processing procedure is ended (step 538). Incidentally, if the Wuqian yen coupons are stacked, the thousands of yen coupons will be paid in the same condition. If thousand yen yen bills are stacked, the payment of thousand yen yen is stopped; therefore, the subsequent execution of the payment operation is limited to the operation of spending 10,000 yuan and five thousand yen yen bills. In this embodiment, a mechanism takes back the banknotes that have been stored in the banknote collection trays 427, 428, and 429 to the gold storage box 419, that is, the retracting mechanism, not shown. If this withdrawal function is added, the payment operation is designed as follows. For example, if there is a stack of 10,000 yen notes, this fact is displayed. Then, after the customer's approval, the Wu Qianyuan yen voucher was used instead of payment. If it is not approved, the banknotes in the collection tray are recovered to the machine, and the message "Now, only pay Wuqin and 10,000 yen coupons" is displayed on the display 432, and the card is returned to the customer. In addition, this embodiment has been described in relation to the handling of three types of banknotes, that is, Yen 10,000, Wushi and Yen thousand. In any case, all banknotes can be 10,000 yen notes, and in this example, the above message is not necessary. In other words, when stacking has occurred, it is only necessary to stop the operation of the gold storage box and use other gold storage boxes Restart the banknote spending operation. Then, after the maintenance staff who removes the stacked banknotes and resets to normal operation arrives, they can apply the paper size to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 male dream-installed II ----, 玎 --- --- Marry (read the notes on the back and write down this page first) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, S Industry and Consumer Cooperatives 81.9.20,000 -〇3 ^ b A6 B6 Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standardization Bureau of the Ministry of Hydrocarbon Economy Printed 5. Description of the invention (4a) New normal transaction begins. During the operation of the bill payment service, if the sensors 49 and 56 detect that there is an incorrect transmission of a bill 40, for example, simultaneous transmission of more than two units of bills, Then the information about the number of overlapping payouts for each banknote is updated, and for example, if excessive skew is detected, the information about the number of skewed recovery for each banknote is updated. Counting, etc. If other factors that cause the banknotes to be recovered are detected, information about the address of the corresponding factor is entered, and information about the total number of recovered sheets is updated by the controller 434 via the transaction information controller 463 This information indicates the occurrence rate of 419 recycling of each gold storage box; therefore, the gold storage box with a high recovery rate can be identified, it is recommended that maintenance personnel need to maintain the inspection or replace the operation. For example, if the value indicates overlapping expenses If the recycling count is large, the expenditure operation can be stabilized by checking or replacing the components of the expenditure banknote 40 such as the pickup roller 42 or the reverse roller 43. In addition, the operation data in the storage box management memory 460 also includes Check various sensors and exciters in the gold storage box 419. The sensor units 49 and 56 include a pair of devices that emit light from a light source emitting device and an optical photosensitive device to sense this light, of which One is placed above the conveying channel 109 and the other is below. If foreign substances, such as paper dust, are accumulated and stacked on the light source emission or light source sensing part of the sensor, sometimes the output of the sensor Value degradation. If this happens, it may happen that the sensor cannot sense the signal of the emitted light source. Incidentally, even the banknote 40 does not pass through the sensor unit, they react like detection The existence of paper money. Therefore, in order to avoid such a situation, through the transaction information controller ------------------------ installed ------ 1T ------ Line &lt; Please read the notes on the back of the rule before writing this page) This paper is again applicable to the Chinese National Standard A 4 (2 丨 0 X 297 ’') 81.9.20,000 Economy Printed by the Central Standard S-Bureau 8 Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 81 · 9 · 20,200,203656 Αβ _ B6 V. Invention Description (Sister) 463, the output levels of the sensors 49 and 56 are stored in the operating data The address set in; therefore, it is recommended that maintenance personnel do the cleaning operation and the above-mentioned value degrades to the critical value when error detection starts to occur as before. In addition, the same applies to the exciter. For example, if the data on the cumulative driving hours of the separation and expenditure motor 45 is updated and stored in the transaction data through the transaction information controller 463, and the life E (hours) is established, compare those data in the motor 45 Before the end of its life, notify the maintenance personnel of the replacement component aging. As such, errors such as those that occur in the gold storage box 419 can be avoided in advance by identifying them as described above. Incidentally, the maintenance personnel perform the use of the components of the internal operation panel 457 of the main accessories of the machine such as a key (not shown). The above embodiment is directed to a cash automatic transaction machine that acts as a paper currency automatic payment machine that processes paper currency payment transactions. In any case, needless to say, the present invention is not limited to being applied only to paper money automatic payment machines, but also to machines that process deposit A transactions or machines that process deposit and withdrawal transactions. In other words, if the information about the type and quantity of the deposit currency, the number of errors of the cash collection agency, etc. is stored in the machine, it is used in the execution of the deposit transaction, and if it is related to the aforementioned payment operation plus deposit transaction referring to this embodiment The data is stored in the machine and used in the execution of both deposit and withdrawal transactions. It can be easily achieved not only to keep the green of the individual transaction total, but also to point out that there is trouble. In addition, it goes without saying that the present invention can be applied as a machine that processes not only banknotes but also coins. During the above transaction period, if the paper money storage box 419 for storing Wuqian yen notes in the middle slot is empty, the main controller executes the control from other paper standards to apply the China Solid State Standard (CNS) A4 specifications ( 210 X 297 mm) ------------------------ installed -------- ordered ---- line 1 room 4 On the back; .1 notes and then write this page) A6 B6 203656 5. Description of the invention (5Q) (please read the noisy things on the back and then fill in this page) Banknotes spent in the gold box are equal to the total amount of 5 thousand yuan . That is, since the controller 434 knows which banknotes are placed in the uppermost, middle, and lowermost banknote storage boxes 419, the controller 434 performs control to replace the same unit of thousand yen yen as the five thousand yen yen . Therefore, in this case, the payment demand can be instructed to pay a total of 7 units of Japanese Yen vouchers from the uppermost banknote storage box 419 via instructions. Γ As mentioned above, if overlapping payments or skews are detected during the payment operation, the paper money of the unit concerned is stored in the recovery gold box, and then, the repeated payment and transmission operations are carried out until they are correct under normal circumstances The number of banknotes has been handed out. In addition, if the banknotes instructed by the controller 434 to pay out the currency type in the unit being disbursed do not meet the result of the currency type identification performed by the currency type identification sensor 448, as if abnormal transmission occurs, the shutter 50 The money involved in the rotation is transferred to the recovery gold box. Central Bureau of Standards® of the Ministry of Economic Affairs: Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives printed the currency type information held by the controller 434 and the current expenditures and the types of banknotes distinguished by the currency type recognition sensor 448. The following situations may occur. Yen Yuan Notes are mixed and stored in the gold deposit box of 10,000 Yen Yuan Notes, or when the banknote guide plate 451b is arranged in the outermost groove 453c corresponding to the Yen Yuan Yuan Notes, but in fact the banknotes are stored For Wu Qianyuan said Yuan voucher. In any case, even a banknote that is different from the type set by the double-row plug-in DIp switch 456 is stored, and it is never wrong to identify the spent banknote through the currency type recognition sensor 448; therefore, it will not be paid to the customer by mistake . In addition, if the banknotes in all the units in a specific gold storage box are different from the currency information displayed by the double-row plug-in DIP switch 456, all the banknotes spent from this gold storage box will be sent to the recycling paper Also applicable to China National Oak Quasi (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 203656 V. Description of the invention (51.) Gold storage box 51. Therefore, the controller 434 has a control function to temporarily stop the operation; therefore, if a specific gold box continues to experience a preset number of recovery times, such as 10 times, it is determined that the person in charge caused the setting error or other factors, And temporarily stop the operation of the machine. With the above design, it becomes feasible to successfully complete the banknote payment operation. At the same time, when paying out bills, if something like “pay 20,000 yen from the bottom opening, pay Wu Qianyue from the middle opening, and support two thousand yen from the upper opening” appears on the display 432, accidents such as The employee forgot to take the cash. Moreover, if arranged, information about the type of banknotes set by the double-row plug-in DIP switch 456 is displayed on a light-emitting diode (LED) display such as the double-row plug-in DIP switch 456, and the negative person can view the double-row plug-in type DIP switch 456 makes it easy to find out which banknotes are stored in that gold storage box. Figures 50 and 51 show another embodiment, outputting a signal indicating the type of currency stored in the gold box 419. In the figure, the grooves 453a, 453b, and 453c of the protruding portion 452 are provided with guide plate sensors 659a, 659b, and 659c, respectively. These sensors, which are composed of detection devices such as photocouplers, detect whether one of the grooves 453a, 453b, and 453c is equipped with a banknote guide plate 451b. The controller 434 uses the signals from those guide plate sensors 659a, 65% or 659c to confirm which grooves 453a, 453b and 453c are equipped with the banknote guide plates 451b, in other words, to distinguish the types of banknotes. These guide plate sensors 65%, 65%, and 659c have a concave cross-sectional profile, that is, there is a groove 659g in the middle, as shown in FIG. 52 to represent the sensor 659a. The sensor 659a is arranged to form a part of the concave 453a slot ------------------------ installed ------- order --- --- LINE- (Qi first read &quot;, the notes on the back, and then write this page) Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Standards Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative **, the paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 gong) 81.9.20.000 A6 B6 V. Description of the invention (sa) (confuse &read; read the cautionary notes on the back of Jingjing and write this page again), the centerline of the groove 659g and the shape 452 The center line of the groove 453a is aligned almost straight. The output signal of the guide plate sensor 659a is transmitted to the connector 426 via the connecting lines 659e and 659f, and is transmitted to the controller 434 via the connector 422, 423 or 424 of the main machine accessory. The currency platform 660 supports the banknotes 40 stored in the storage space 400 from below. The procedure for storing paper money in the paper money storage box 419 is almost the same as the above-mentioned embodiment. Here, when the banknote guide plate 451b is arranged in one of the grooves 4S3a, 453b, and 453c of the protruding portion 452, the corresponding guide plate sensor 659a, 65%, or 659c, the output indicates that the banknote guide plate 451b exists signal of. Therefore, when the gold storage box 419 is installed in the banknote automatic payment machine, the controller 434 automatically recognizes the 50 types of banknotes stored in the gold storage box 419, even if it is not equipped with a double-row plug-in DIP switch 456, in other words Even the information about the type of stored banknotes 40 is not manually set, and the information about the type of banknotes is accurately transmitted to the controller 434. Therefore, the controller 434 uses the sensor 659a, 65%, or 659c of the guide plate equipped in the banknote storage box 419 to detect the banknote type information obtained based on the detection result, and instructs each banknote storage box 419 according to the payment needs of the customer. Perform payment operations.

經濟部中央標準局®:工消費合作社印S 在上述之另實施例中,導引板感測器659a等皆爲光學 耦合器。無論如何,它們並不需要皆是光學耦合器,只要 是偵測紙幣導引板451b存在或不存在之偵測裝置。並且, 結構爲凹槽在兩凸出部份452間形成三個位置,總數6個 凹槽,每一個凹槽配有它自己的導引板感測器,總數6個 感測器。無論如何,結構可將三個導引板感測器僅配置在 凸出部份452之一。 本紙張尺度適用中®國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(a丨〇 X 297公货&gt; 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 203656 五、發明説明(5a) 在上述實施例中,結構爲分離及支出之裝置,從紙幣 存放空間分離紙幣及支出紙幣;傳送裝置爲傳送紙幣至紙 幣支出開口;回收儲金盒;傳送方向變換裝置爲導引紙幣 至回收儲金盒;不同的侦測裝置爲偵測紙幣合適或不合適 支付運轉;以及種種裝置配置在紙幣儲箱中,但是不用説 ’沒有任何東西與結構内配置在儲金箱外上述之零组件相 互干擾,也就是,機器機體内。它無關緊要,只要結構爲 紙幣導引板調整改變儲存紙幣空間的寬度,且保存了依據 此紙幣導引板配合的位置所得到的紙幣種類資訊。 根據這些實施例,若儲金箱之一變成不能執行紙幣支 付運轉,則由其他的儲金箱代替紙幣支付運轉,換言之, 每一儲金箱具有各自獨立與其它的功能無關之紙幣支出功 能。因此,甚至堆疊發生在儲金箱之一,支付運轉可以繼 續由其它儲金箱之紙幣支付功能保障。因此,在堆叠發生 時,降低停止整個機器之運轉的機率,換言之,改善了運 轉效率。 附帶地,因各種不同關於執行交易的資訊,譬如交易 現金之種類及張數,各自獨立回收重疊歪斜支出的張數; 驅動裝置的壽命;以及俄測裝置的輸出値,記錄在儲金箱 的儲金箱管理記憶體内,則可抓取每_個儲金箱中之運轉 資訊及錯誤資料。其結果,不僅抓取交易總额,且每一個 儲金粕在維修人員執行維修檢査等時,可簡單及準確地辨 別會發生問題的區域:因此,執行準確迅速的維修操作變 成可行,且提昇了操作效率。而且,因爲依據如上述樣子 &amp;張^|相中aa家鮮(CNS) Ψ蘭⑽x 297公^ ------------------------裝——-----玎------線 (掎先閲^背面之注&amp;事項冉填寫衣頁) 經濟部中央標準局員工消费合作社印製 81-9.20,000 20365b A6 ~ ' ------- 五、發明説明(54 ) 儲存在儲金箱管理記憶雜之資訊,可預先修復可能發生錯 誤的區域,所以避免了大到停止整個運轉的錯誤;因此, 錯誤率變少,且改進運轉效率。 另外,在那些實制中,僅健在崎错金箱中之紙 幣導引板的配合位置來適合所有紙幣種類變爲可行。藉從 配置在鄰近凹槽的輸入裝置或侧裝置,裝置儲金箱於機 器機體中,傳送有關存放貨幣的種類之資訊,至控制器部 份。因此,不需如以前之機器,爲適合不同紙幣種類準備 各式各樣的儲金箱,儲金箱可以裝置在任何裝置槽。並且 ,裝配槽也無需嚴格地配合紙幣種類;因此,裝置變得簡 單。 另外,若是希望僅處理一種紙幣,則所有的儲金箱皆 裝填相同的紙幣,且分別裝在槽中。用這樣的設計,設定 最合適於各別情況的操作形式變爲可行。例如,操作形式 設定可以只爲高交易率種類之貨幣,如萬元日圓券。以此 設定,甚至裝置的儲金箱中之一變空,或是儲金箱之一發 生錯誤,利用其他儲金箱成爲可行;因此,增加同一種紙 幣數目而不增加機器的大小變爲可能,藉此減少負责人員 裝填紙幣的次數,及減少因裝填而停止機器運轉的時間, 改進顧客服務。 另外,在應用例子中,經由偵測紙幣導引板的配合位 置,將紙幣種類資訊傳遞至控制器部份,消除了輸入錯誤 ,譬如:實際上存放的紙幣種類和由輸入裝置如雙排插入 式DIP開關輸入之貨幣種類資訊不相符,或是沒有輸入, (請先閱沭背面之注念事喟冉塡寫本頁) 丨裝_ -·. 經漪部中央標準局8工消費合作社印焚 參紙张尺度適用中0國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297 乂、發) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明() 譬如··完全忘記了輸入紙幣種類資訊等。因此,可得知更 準確的貨幣種類。 囷56及57爲有關本發明之另一不一樣的實施例。此實 施例基本上與前述之實施例相似,除了爲儲金箱7〇2工作 執行支出或分離運轉之馬達736及傳送馬達738放在儲金 箱702的外面。如圖所示,一個動力傳輸接頭機構735配 置在儲金箱702内,且機械式及活動式配合於位在機器内 部但在儲金箱702外之分離的馬達736,間接驅動拮取滾 輪44轉動,因此以設定之區隔,向上支出紙幣5〇。附帶地 ’儲金箱702在另一個動力傳輸接頭機構737上,且配合 懸掛傳送皮帶46及47之滑輪55—1。此動力傳輸接頭737 機械式及活動式配合,也是位在機器中但在儲金箱外 之傳送馬達738,傳輸驅動力驅動傳送皮帶46及47。 儲金箱702與其它實施例中之儲金箱—樣,活動式裝 在機器機體418中。當儲金箱7〇2裝在機體418中運轉的 樣子時,兩個動力傳輸接頭機構735及737製成爲機械式 分別連接至分離的馬達736及傳送馬達738。雖然未詳細 的圖示,但是以活動式配合之齒輪機構或是高摩擦組件相 接觸之摩擦連桿機構較爲合適。當然,當儲金箱7〇2從機 體418移開,那些動力傳輸接頭機構735及737機械式從 分離馬達736和傳送馬達738分別分開。 在此實施例中,儲金箱7〇2之擋板50裝設在正常的情 況下,導引紙幣40至回收儲金盒51之位置,如圖%所示。 特別是,依據儲金箱702從機體418分離,鎖頭機構鎖著 表紙張尺度適用中國囲家標準(CNS)甲4規格(2|〇χ 297 i、釐 81.9.20.000 (iA-先閲冶背面之注念事項冉塡..¾本K) 裝· -1Γ. 線· 經濟部中央標苹局S工消費合作社印製 20365b 五、發明説明(56ι) 擋板50於此位置。僅在確定經由傳送通道i〇9傳送之紙幣 40未發生重疊傳送,而且歪斜角度也在容許範固内的情況 下,儲金箱控制器460分別配置於儲金箱702中,驅動擋 板50至如圏54所示之位置,因此,將紙幣4〇導引至紙幣支 出開口58。若是感測器單元49及56偵測到發生重疊的紙幣 40或是歪斜角度超過範園的紙幣40,當然,儲金箱控制器 電路460驅動擒板50,使其導引紙幣40至回收儲金盒51的 位置。 依據此實施例,在儲金箱中延著傳送通道配置的措板 ,通常指向回收儲金盒的方向,僅在發射式光學感測器或 其他種類的光學感測器確定傳送中紙幣沒有發生重晏或歪 斜超過容許範園,擋板改變至紙幣支出開口的方向,因此 紙幣從紙幣支出開口支出。因此,當错金箱從支付機器移 出時,因感測器不作用,所以擋板不會改變方向。其結果 ,甚至於在儲金箱工作結束後,動力傳輸接頭部份被手動 操作且紙幣經由傳送通道傳送,最終所有的紙幣存放到回 收儲金盒中,換言之,消除了擔心在儲金箱中的紙幣被拿 出。而且,因在儲金箱中沒有分離馬達及傳送馬達,儲金 箱的重量減至具有較好的攜帶性。 在實施例中描述,每一個儲金箱配有紙幣收集盤,但 是不用説它可製成僅有一個紙幣收集盤,經由一共用的傳 送通道,連接至每一個儲金箱的紙幣支出開口。 現在,有一實施例如上述有關圖58及诏,圖中僅有— 個提取窗口經由一共用傳送通道連接至各個儲金箱。此實 g ;g ;今g|中内 ------------------------裝------1T------^ (诸先間&quot;背面之注念事項再塡寫本萸) ^1-9-20,000 2〇365b λ, -—__Β6 經濟部t央標準局MT工消费合作社印製 五、發明説明(57.) 施例之紙幣自動支付機有—機體815,在其前面面板,也 就是顧客面對的面板,具有—個紙幣支出提取槽816,紙 幣支出至此。提取槽816具有可開閉之遮門821。同時,在 機體815之前面面板配有卡片槽817,可將卡片插入或退 出。機體815具有一後門818,可由維修人員開啓進入機 器之内部。支出機構單元819包含在機體815内,立在提 取槽816的側邊,而且,卡片讀取印表機(cpR)82〇包含在 立於卡片槽817之側。 在此實施例中,支出單元819由3個支出組件822所 組成。支出組件822基本上有一致的結構,且從機器後面 打開後門818,活動式裝在支付機構單元819内。支出組 件822 ’如圖60所示,包括一通常爲方形的機體822a及 可堆疊在支出機構單元819中。支出組件822含有一存放 將支付的紙幣40之活動式的儲金箱825。支出組件822更 由一個傳送通道機構826夾住並傳送從儲金箱82S支出之 紙幣’以及另一個傳送通道機構827爽住並傳送由前每傳 送通道機構826傳遞來之紙幣。兩種傳送通道機構826及 827皆由傳送皮帶組成,將於後詳述,以及支撐皮帶之滾 輪及滑輪。當支出組件822堆晏成如圖59所示,則傳送通 道機構827與支出組件822相通,形成一個紙幣共用傳送 通道。 參考圖61及62可較了解動力如何傳輸至傳送通道機構 827。支付單元819包含從驅動装置接收驅動力而轉動之 未囷不之齒輪828,如馬達包含在支出機構中。傳送通道 {tstwiAiir面之;1*卞項再項寫本頁) i裝. 訂‘ -線. 夂紙張又度適用中西理家橾準(CNS)甲4現格(210 X 297公译) 81·9,20,〇〇ϋ 203656 ΛΓ) Β6 經濟部中央標準局3工消费合作社印 五、發明説明(5&amp;) 機構827有一齒輪829,與支出機構單元819之齒輪839分 離式配合,或是位在此支出組件正上方之另一個支出組件 822的齒輪839 ’接受外來的驅動力且傳輸至傳送通道機 構826。齒輪829固定在軸830上,同時滑輪831也固定 在軸830上。傳送皮帶832懸掛在滑輪831上,藉此動力 經由齒輪828從外邊所接受,傳輸至傳送皮帶832。此滑 輪831及傳送皮帶832包含在傳送通道機構826中。相同 的情況,齒輪829也和齒輪833相配合,驅動傳送通道機 構827。齒輪833固定在裝有滑輪835的軸834上。在滑 輪835上懸掛一條傳送皮帶836,藉此動力經由外面的齒 輪828接收,傳輸至傳送皮帶836。那些滑輪835及傳送 皮帶836包括在傳送通道機構827中。 齒輪833及齒狀滑輪837整合在一起共同使用相同的 軸。齒狀皮帶838 —頭懸掛在齒狀滑輪837,而此齒狀皮 帶838的另一頭懸掛在齒狀滑輪839上。齒狀滑輪839與 齒輪840整合在一起共同使用相同的軸。因此,當齒輪833 被驅動,則經由齒狀滑輪837、齒狀皮帶838及齒狀滑輪 839 ’驅動齒輪840。齒輪840與齒狀滑輪839—起組合成 動力輸出裝置器,從這個支出组件822傳輸動力至另一個 位在前面支付组件822正下方之支出組件泣2。 支出組件822放置且堆疊在紙幣自動支付機之支出機 構單元819中,藉此支出機構單位819之動力輸出裝置的 齒輪828與姿在上方之支出組件822的動力輸入裝置的齒 輪829相互相配合。以此設計,組成支出組件822之傳送 本紙張ΛΛϋ用中Β8家樣华(CNS) 4 规格(210 X ) 81.9.20,000 -----------------------装—丨----、玎------婊 (諳先閲請背而之注念事項再填寫本頁) 2,03656 A6 B6 經濟部中央標準局S工消费合作社印絮 五、發明説明(班) 或傳輸通道機構826及827之滑輪831、傳送皮帶832、滑 輪835及傳送皮帶836,被驅動旋轉。另外,位在上面支 出組件822之動力輸出裝置的齒輪84〇與位在正下面支出 組件822之動力輸入裝置的歯輪829相配合。如此,滑輪 和傳送皮帶包括位在正下方支出組件822之傳送通道826及 827也被驅動旋轉。如圖59所示,動力傳輸至位在底部的 支出組件822 —樣成立。 存放在支出組件822中之儲金箱825基本上如從以前 討論到現在的實施例中的儲金箱31或702有相同的結構。 圖63顯示其基本結構,但是在快速實施例中,結構上與儲 金箱31大致相同,除了回收紙幣儲存空間854應該在儲金 箱31之回收儲金盒51的位置。無論如何,此差異不很重要 。在此實施例中,驅動在儲金箱825中之傳動皮帶46及47 之傳送馬達48裝置在儲金箱825的外侧,但是也可以除去 此傳送馬達48,如囷57中的儲金箱702,且經由齒輪的耦 合等,爲傳送皮帶46及47從外面接收驅動力。 回到圖59,支出機構單元819有一紙幣收集平檯861 ,收集在正常運送下之紙幣。就在此平檯861的正上方, 另有一收集對帳單條紙之平檯862。這對平檯861及862組 成此實施例中的暫時保持區863。製成能用未圖示之驅動 裝置’從標示實線之位置j收回到另一用中心線標示之位 置K,且儲存在此平檯861上之紙幣,傳送至組成傳送通 道機構866之下面的傳送皮帶867,將於後面詳述。並且 ,製成平檯862上有一設定寬度之空隙,因此它不會妨礙 閲^背面之注^本項再塡寫本頁) 裝_ 訂_ .丨線. 衣紙张尺·度適用中國國家樣準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297 1、楚) 81.9.20,000 經濟郎中央標準局β:工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(6Q) 傳送通道機構866上面的傳送皮帶868的旋轉至下面的傳 送皮帶867,將於後詳述之。 支出機構單元819更含有另一個傳送皮帶、滚輪等所 組成的傳送通道機構864,夾住及傳送紙幣。這共用的傳 送通道機構864製成它的入口端與堆置於正上方之支出組 件822的傳送通道826及827相通,且它的出口位在平檯 861的前端邊。 支出機構單元819也具有一個箱子865。此箱子865爲 一位在暫時保持區863之下面後方的暫存箱,拿取及儲存 雇客忘了取走之紙幣。此暫存箱865分離式附加在支出機 構單元819。支出機構單元819更含有另一傳送通道機構 866 ’且這傳送通道機構866由下面的傳送皮帶867及上 面的傳送皮帶868所組成。下面的傳送皮帶867置放在其 一端位在遮門821之侧,保持區863之正下方,且它的另 —端位在暫存箱865之上方。上面的傳送皮帶863設計成 能如圖示之箭頭L的方向以它自己在遮門821側一端轉動 ’且與下面的傳送皮帶867合作夾住紙幣且向前或向後傳 送之。支出機構單元819也具有另一傳送通道869。位在 暫時保持區之平檯862侧邊,且組成傳一個送通道,經此 傳遞對帳單。 ------------------------裝II----,玎------線丨 (請先閲f面之注f项再 卡片讀取印表機820含有一卡片讀寫單元,讀取 特定顧客之辨識資訊、帳號資訊等,或寫上交易資訊。卡 片讀取印表機820裝有由一條連續紙所構成在上面印上對 帳單及在上面記綠交易之流水帳之印表紙。相關資訊由印Central Bureau of Standards ® of the Ministry of Economic Affairs: Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives. In other embodiments described above, the guide plate sensor 659a and the like are optical couplers. In any case, they do not need to be optical couplers, as long as they are detection devices that detect the presence or absence of the banknote guide plate 451b. And, the structure is that the groove forms three positions between the two protruding portions 452, a total of 6 grooves, each groove is equipped with its own guide plate sensor, a total of 6 sensors. In any case, the structure may arrange the three guide plate sensors only on one of the protruding portions 452. This paper scale is applicable to the China® National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (a 丨 X 297 public goods> 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 203656 V. Description of the invention (5a) In the above embodiment, the structure is a device for separation and expenditure , Separating bills and bills from bill storage space; Conveying device is used to transfer bills to bill payment opening; Recycling gold storage box; Conveying direction changing device is guiding bills to recycling gold storage box; Different detection devices are suitable for detecting bills Or it is not suitable for payment operation; and various devices are arranged in the paper money storage box, but it is needless to say that nothing interferes with the above-mentioned components arranged in the structure outside the gold storage box, that is, the machine body. It does not matter, As long as the structure is to adjust the width of the banknote guide plate to change the width of the banknote storage space, and save the banknote type information obtained according to the position of the banknote guide plate, according to these embodiments, if one of the gold storage boxes becomes unable to perform banknote payment Operation, other gold storage boxes are used to replace the bill payment operation, in other words, each gold storage box has its own independent and other functions It is related to the bill payment function. Therefore, even if the stacking occurs in one of the gold storage boxes, the payment operation can continue to be guaranteed by the bill payment function of other gold storage boxes. Therefore, when the stacking occurs, the probability of stopping the operation of the entire machine is reduced, in other words It improves the operating efficiency. Incidentally, due to various kinds of information about the execution of transactions, such as the type and number of transaction cash, each independently recovers the number of overlapping skewed expenditures; the life of the driving device; Recorded in the gold box management memory of the gold box, you can grab the operating information and error data in each gold box. As a result, not only the total transaction amount is captured, but each gold meal is in the maintenance staff When performing maintenance inspections, etc., the problematic areas can be identified simply and accurately: Therefore, performing accurate and rapid maintenance operations becomes feasible and improves operation efficiency. Moreover, because the basis is as described above &amp; 张 ^ | 相中 aa Home Fresh (CNS) Ψ 兰 ⑽x 297 Gong ^ ------------------------ Installed --------- 玎 ------ Line (read first ^ Notes &amp; matters on the back (Fill in the clothing page) Printed 81-9.20,000 20365b A6 ~ '------- Printed by the Staff Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (54) The information stored in the storage box management memory is miscellaneous. Repair areas where errors may occur, so errors that are too large to stop the entire operation are avoided; therefore, the error rate becomes less, and the operating efficiency is improved. In addition, in those actual systems, only the bill guides in the wrong gold box It becomes feasible to adapt the matching position of all banknote types. By means of the input device or side device arranged in the adjacent groove, the device storage box is sent in the machine body to send information about the type of stored currency to the controller. Therefore, there is no need to prepare a variety of gold storage boxes suitable for different types of banknotes as the previous machine. The gold storage box can be installed in any device slot. And, the assembly slot does not need to strictly match the type of banknotes; therefore, the device becomes simple. In addition, if it is desired to process only one kind of banknotes, all the gold storage boxes are filled with the same banknotes, and are separately installed in the slots. With such a design, it becomes feasible to set the operation form most suitable for each situation. For example, the operation form can be set only for currencies with a high transaction rate, such as 10,000 yen coupons. With this setting, even if one of the device's gold storage boxes becomes empty, or one of the gold storage boxes has an error, it becomes feasible to use other gold storage boxes; therefore, it becomes possible to increase the number of the same banknote without increasing the size of the machine In order to reduce the number of times the person in charge loads banknotes, and to reduce the time for the machine to stop due to loading, improve customer service. In addition, in the application example, by detecting the matching position of the banknote guide plate, the banknote type information is transmitted to the controller part, eliminating input errors, such as: the type of banknotes actually stored and inserted by the input device such as double row The type of currency information entered by the DIP switch does not match, or there is no input, (please read the notes on the back of Shu to write this page) 丨 Installed _-·. Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Industry and Commerce The ginseng paper scale is applicable to the China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 佂, issued) 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, Industry and Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of invention () For example, complete I forgot to input information about the type of banknotes. Therefore, a more accurate currency type can be known. Numerals 56 and 57 are different embodiments of the present invention. This embodiment is basically similar to the foregoing embodiment, except that the motor 736 and the transfer motor 738 which perform expenditure or separate operation for the operation of the gold storage box 702 are placed outside the gold storage box 702. As shown in the figure, a power transmission joint mechanism 735 is arranged in the gold storage box 702, and is mechanically and movably matched with a separate motor 736 located inside the machine but outside the gold storage box 702, indirectly driving the pick-up roller 44 Turn, so the banknotes are disbursed upward by 50 at the set interval. Incidentally, the 'gold storage box 702 is on another power transmission joint mechanism 737, and cooperates with the pulley 55-1 which suspends the transmission belts 46 and 47. This power transmission joint 737 is mechanically and flexibly coordinated, and is also a transmission motor 738 located in the machine but outside the gold storage box, and transmits the driving force to drive the transmission belts 46 and 47. The gold storage box 702, like the gold storage box in other embodiments, is movably installed in the machine body 418. When the gold storage box 702 is installed in the body 418 and operates, the two power transmission joint mechanisms 735 and 737 are mechanically connected to the separate motor 736 and the transfer motor 738, respectively. Although not shown in detail, it is more appropriate to use a movable gear mechanism or a friction link mechanism with high friction components in contact. Of course, when the gold storage box 702 is removed from the body 418, those power transmission joint mechanisms 735 and 737 are mechanically separated from the separation motor 736 and the transfer motor 738, respectively. In this embodiment, the baffle 50 of the gold storage box 702 is installed under normal conditions, and guides the banknotes 40 to the position where the gold storage box 51 is recovered, as shown in FIG. In particular, according to the separation of the gold storage box 702 from the body 418, the lock mechanism locks the surface of the table paper to the Chinese Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (2 | 〇χ 297 i, 81.9.20.000 (iA-first reading Reminders on the back of Ran .. ¾ Ben K) installed · -1Γ. Line · Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Central Standardization Bureau, S Industry and Consumer Cooperatives 20365b V. Description of the invention (56ι) The baffle 50 is here. When the banknotes 40 transported through the transport channel i〇9 are not overlapped and the skew angle is within the allowable range, the gold box controllers 460 are respectively arranged in the gold boxes 702 and drive the baffle 50 to Ru The position shown at 54 therefore leads the banknote 40 to the banknote discharge opening 58. If the sensor units 49 and 56 detect overlapping banknotes 40 or banknotes 40 whose skew angle exceeds the fan garden, of course, store The gold box controller circuit 460 drives the catch plate 50 to guide the banknotes 40 to the position of the recovered gold storage box 51. According to this embodiment, the measuring board arranged along the conveying channel in the gold storage box generally points to the recovered gold storage box Direction, only in emissive optical sensors or other kinds of optical The detector determines that the banknotes are not heavy or skewed during the transfer. The shutter changes to the direction of the banknote discharge opening, so the banknotes are discharged from the banknote discharge opening. Therefore, when the wrong gold box is removed from the payment machine, due to sensing The device does not work, so the baffle will not change direction. As a result, even after the gold storage box is completed, the power transmission connector part is manually operated and the banknotes are transferred through the transfer channel, and finally all the banknotes are stored in the recovery gold storage box In other words, it eliminates the worry that the banknotes in the gold storage box are taken out. Moreover, because there is no separation motor and transfer motor in the gold storage box, the weight of the gold storage box is reduced to have better portability. In the embodiment In the description, each gold storage box is equipped with a banknote collection tray, but it goes without saying that it can be made into only one banknote collection tray, which is connected to the banknote payment opening of each gold storage cabinet through a common transmission channel. Now, there is For example, in relation to FIG. 58 and above, only one extraction window in the figure is connected to each gold storage box via a common transmission channel. This is true g; g; this g | Inside --------------------------------- 1T ------ ^ (Zhuxianjian &quot; Remarks on the back Matters will be written again) ^ 1-9-20,000 2〇365b λ,--__ B6 Printed by the MT Industrial and Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention description (57.) The automatic banknote payment machine of the embodiment has-the body 815, on its front panel, that is, the panel facing the customer, has a bill payment extraction slot 816, and the bill is dispensed up to this point. The extraction slot 816 has a shutter 821 that can be opened and closed. The slot 817 can insert or withdraw cards. The body 815 has a rear door 818, which can be opened by maintenance personnel to enter the interior of the machine. The payout mechanism unit 819 is included in the body 815, standing on the side of the extraction slot 816, and the card reading printer (cpR) 82 is included on the side standing on the card slot 817. In this embodiment, the payout unit 819 is composed of three payout components 822. The payout module 822 basically has a uniform structure, and the rear door 818 is opened from behind the machine, and is movably installed in the payment institution unit 819. The payout component 822 ', as shown in FIG. 60, includes a generally square body 822a and can be stacked in the payout mechanism unit 819. The payout component 822 contains a movable gold storage box 825 for storing banknotes 40 to be paid. The payout module 822 is further sandwiched by a transport channel mechanism 826 and transports the banknotes disbursed from the gold storage box 82S and another transport channel mechanism 827 cools and transports the banknotes transferred by the front transport channel mechanism 826. Both of the conveying channel mechanisms 826 and 827 are composed of conveying belts, which will be described in detail later, and the rollers and pulleys supporting the belts. When the payout modules 822 are stacked as shown in FIG. 59, the transport channel mechanism 827 communicates with the payout modules 822 to form a common transport channel for banknotes. Refer to FIGS. 61 and 62 for a better understanding of how power is transmitted to the transmission channel mechanism 827. The payment unit 819 includes a gear 828 that rotates in response to the driving force received from the driving device, such as a motor included in the payout mechanism. Transmission channel (tstwiAiir face; 1 * Bian item and then write this page) I install. Order '-line. The paper is again suitable for Chinese and Western Lijia standard (CNS) A 4 present grid (210 X 297 public translation) 81 9,20, 〇ϋ 203656 ΛΓ) B6 Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Industry and Consumer Cooperatives, V. Description of the invention (5 &amp;) The mechanism 827 has a gear 829, which is separate from the gear 839 of the expenditure mechanism unit 819, or The gear 839 'of another payout component 822 located directly above this payout component receives the external driving force and transmits it to the transmission channel mechanism 826. The gear 829 is fixed to the shaft 830, and the pulley 831 is also fixed to the shaft 830. The transmission belt 832 is suspended on the pulley 831, whereby the power is received from the outside via the gear 828 and transmitted to the transmission belt 832. The pulley 831 and the conveyor belt 832 are included in the conveyor path mechanism 826. In the same situation, gear 829 also cooperates with gear 833 to drive transmission channel mechanism 827. The gear 833 is fixed to a shaft 834 equipped with a pulley 835. A transmission belt 836 is suspended from the pulley 835, whereby power is received via the outer gear 828 and transmitted to the transmission belt 836. Those pulleys 835 and conveyor belt 836 are included in the conveyor path mechanism 827. The gear 833 and the toothed pulley 837 are integrated together to use the same shaft. The toothed belt 838 has its head suspended on the toothed pulley 837, and the other end of the toothed leather belt 838 is suspended on the toothed pulley 839. The toothed pulley 839 and the gear 840 are integrated together to use the same shaft. Therefore, when the gear 833 is driven, the gear 840 is driven via the toothed pulley 837, the toothed belt 838, and the toothed pulley 839 '. The gear 840 and the toothed pulley 839 are combined to form a power take-off device, which transmits power from this payout component 822 to another payout component located directly below the front payout component 8222. The payout component 822 is placed and stacked in the payout mechanism unit 819 of the automatic banknote payout machine, whereby the gear 828 of the power output device of the payout mechanism unit 819 and the gear 829 of the power input device of the payout component 822 above are coordinated. With this design, the paper ΛΛϋ used by the expenditure component 822 for transmission of paper ΛΛϋ is used in CN8 (CNS) 4 specifications (210 X) 81.9.20,000 ------------------- ---- Installed-- 丨 ----, 玎 ------ Bitch (remember to read the back-to-back notes and then fill out this page) 2,03656 A6 B6 S Industry and Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Standards, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing V. Description of invention (shift) or the pulley 831, transmission belt 832, pulley 835 and transmission belt 836 of the transmission channel mechanism 826 and 827 are driven to rotate. In addition, the gear 84o of the power output device supporting the module 822 located above is engaged with the ninth wheel 829 of the power input device disposed below the module 822. In this way, the pulley and the conveyor belt including the conveying channels 826 and 827 of the payout assembly 822 located directly below are also driven to rotate. As shown in Figure 59, the power transmission to the bottom expenditure component 822 is also established. The gold storage box 825 stored in the payout module 822 has basically the same structure as the gold storage box 31 or 702 in the embodiments discussed previously to the present. Fig. 63 shows the basic structure, but in the quick embodiment, the structure is substantially the same as the gold storage box 31, except that the recovered banknote storage space 854 should be at the position of the gold storage box 31 where the gold storage box 51 is recovered. In any case, this difference is not very important. In this embodiment, the transmission motor 48 driving the transmission belts 46 and 47 in the gold storage box 825 is installed outside the gold storage box 825, but the transmission motor 48 can also be removed, such as the gold storage box 702 in the wall 57 And, through the coupling of gears and the like, the driving belts 46 and 47 receive driving force from the outside. Returning to FIG. 59, the payout institution unit 819 has a banknote collection platform 861 that collects banknotes under normal transportation. Just above this platform 861, there is another platform 862 for collecting statement slips. The pair of platforms 861 and 862 constitute a temporary holding area 863 in this embodiment. The paper money that can be retracted from the position j marked with a solid line to another position K marked with a center line using a drive device (not shown) and stored on this platform 861 is transferred to the mechanism 866 that constitutes the transfer channel The conveyor belt 867 will be detailed later. In addition, there is a gap with a set width on the platform 862, so it will not hinder reading ^ Note on the back ^ This item will be written on this page) 装 _ Order_. 丨 线. Clothing paper ruler · degree is applicable to China Sample Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 1, Chu) 81.9.20,000 Economic Lang Central Standards Bureau β: Printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 5. Description of Invention (6Q) The rotation of the conveyor belt 868 on the conveyor channel mechanism 866 to The following conveyor belt 867 will be described in detail later. The payout mechanism unit 819 further includes a conveying channel mechanism 864 composed of another conveying belt, rollers, etc., to clamp and convey the banknotes. This common transfer channel mechanism 864 is made such that its inlet end communicates with the transfer channels 826 and 827 of the payout assembly 822 stacked directly above, and its outlet is located at the front end side of the platform 861. The payout institution unit 819 also has a box 865. This box 865 is a temporary storage box below and behind the temporary holding area 863, which is used to collect and store the banknotes that the employee forgot to take away. This temporary storage box 865 is separately attached to the payout unit 819. The payout mechanism unit 819 further includes another conveying path mechanism 866 'and the conveying path mechanism 866 is composed of a lower conveying belt 867 and an upper conveying belt 868. The lower conveyor belt 867 is placed at one end on the side of the shutter 821, directly below the holding area 863, and its other end is above the temporary storage box 865. The upper conveyor belt 863 is designed to be able to rotate itself at the end of the shutter 821 side in the direction of the arrow L as shown in the figure and cooperates with the lower conveyor belt 867 to hold the banknotes and convey it forward or backward. The payout institution unit 819 also has another transfer channel 869. Located on the side of the platform 862 in the temporary holding area, and constitute a transmission channel, through which the statement is transmitted. ------------------------ installed II ----, 玎 ------ line 丨 (please read the note f item on f side first The card reading printer 820 includes a card reading and writing unit to read identification information, account information, etc. of a specific customer, or write transaction information. The card reading printer 820 is equipped with a continuous paper Print the statement paper and the printing paper on which the green transaction flow account is recorded. The related information is printed by

AG B6 20365b 五、發明説明(61·) 表頭及其驅動機構所组成之印表機印在此印表紙組872。 印完後,視爲對帳單873之條紙,由卡片讀取印表機820送 至支出機構單元819,且流水帳紙由流水帳紙捲繞機構875 捲起來。 如囷58所示,鍵盤876由數個配在機體815之前面面 板的鍵所組成。此鍵盤876由顧客用來輸入密碼,支付總 額等。並且,一個顯示器877配在機體815之前面面板,用 來顯示輸入程序或其它資訊的顧客的指令。另外,雖未圖 示,在機體中配有一聲音摹擬器,依據顯示在顯示器877 上之資訊產生聲音。 例如••萬元日圓券存放在最上面的儲金箱825中;萬 元曰圓券也在中間的儲金箱825中;同時,仟元日圓券存 放在最下面的儲金箱825中。不用説,貨幣種類之組成是 可任意挑選的。 首先,顧客經由卡片槽817插入卡片871,且經由鍵 盤876輸入支付總额(例如:55,000日圓)。然後,由未 圖示之控制器部份,支出5單位之萬元日圓券的命令送至 堆在上面的支出組件822。下一步,旋轉驅動在儲金箱825 中之拮取滚輪44和進給滾輪42,藉此將紙幣40a 一張張分 離’且保持於傳送皮帶46及47之間,並傳送之。若是經由 感測器56及49發現傳送狀況之辨識結果,沒有重番傳送及 接連傳送,且歪斜角度也在容許範圍内,則紙幣4〇a經由 傳送通道826、傳送通道827及傳送通道864,傳送至放 在暫時保存區863,暫時保留在那兒。若發生重疊傳送、 &lt;jiftM-'A.!!ilr面之注*.事項再埙寫本頁) .裝. 訂. 經濟部中央標準局β工消费合作社印製 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 ^03656 五、發明説明(6Z) 接連傳送或歪斜超過容許之範因,由擋板50改變傳送方向 ,且紙幣存放在回收紙幣儲存盒854。 當需求單位之萬元日圓券儲存在暫時保持區863之平 檯861上,則停止最上層儲金箱825内萬元日圓券之分離 及傳送。無論如何,若萬元日圓券儲金箱825内之紙幣, 在需求之5單位的萬元日圓券支付結束前用完,則紙幣之 支出運轉由中間支出組件822以相同的程序取代繼續完成 Ο 下一步,支出5單位之什元日圓券之命令送至最下層 的仟元日圓券儲金箱825,紙幣如萬元曰圓券經由仟元曰 圓券儲金箱835之傳送通道826、827中間及最上層之支 出組件822的傳送通道827和共用傳送通道864,傳送儲 存在暫時保持區863之平檯861上,然後,停止仟元日圓 券之分離及傳送。附帶地,正如什元日圓券的情況一樣, 不正常傳送之紙幣,未從支出組件822支出,但代之,儲 存在回收紙幣儲存盒854。 儲存紙幣於平檯861上之模式,傳送通道866之上面 的傳送皮帶868,預先從下面的傳送皮帶867向上打開。 因此,當單位紙幣合於總額且由顧客要求之單位張數儲存 在平檯861上,此交易明細由印表機874印在印表紙組872 上。然後,將此印表紙組872之印刷部份由未圖示之剪刀 剪斷成爲一對帳單873,且送至傳送通道869。此對帳單 873從卡片讀取印表機820送至支出機構單元819,且更 經由傳送通道869傳送至暫時保持863的平檯862上。 ------------------------裝——----訂------ml, (清先閑冰背面之;.1*督屮#填寫本頁) 經濟郎中央標準局®:工消费合作杜印製AG B6 20365b V. Description of invention (61 ·) The printer composed of the head and its driving mechanism is printed on this printing paper group 872. After printing, a piece of paper regarded as a statement 873 is sent to the payout mechanism unit 819 by the card reading printer 820, and the running account paper is rolled up by the running account paper winding mechanism 875. As shown in Fig. 58, the keyboard 876 is composed of several keys arranged on the front panel of the body 815. This keyboard 876 is used by the customer to enter the password, pay the total amount, etc. Also, a display 877 is provided on the front panel of the body 815 to display the customer's instructions for entering programs or other information. In addition, although not shown, a sound simulator is provided in the body to generate sound based on the information displayed on the display 877. For example, • Ten thousand yen coupons are stored in the top gold storage box 825; Wan yuan yen coupons are also in the middle gold storage box 825; At the same time, thousand yuan yen coupons are stored in the bottom gold storage box 825. Needless to say, the composition of currency types is optional. First, the customer inserts the card 871 through the card slot 817, and enters the total payment amount (for example: 55,000 yen) through the keyboard 876. Then, from the controller part (not shown), a command to pay 5 units of 10,000 yen coupons is sent to the payout module 822 stacked on it. Next, the pick-up roller 44 and the feed roller 42 in the gold storage box 825 are rotationally driven, whereby the banknotes 40a are separated one by one and held between the conveyor belts 46 and 47 and transferred. If the recognition results of the conveying conditions are found through the sensors 56 and 49, there is no repeated conveying and consecutive conveying, and the skew angle is within the allowable range, the banknote 40a passes through the conveying channel 826, the conveying channel 827, and the conveying channel 864, Transfer to the temporary storage area 863, where it will remain temporarily. In case of overlapped transmission, &lt; jiftM-'A. !! ilr side note *. The matter will be written on this page). Packing. Ordering. Printed by the Central Bureau of Standards of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by 81.9.20,000 A6 B6 ^ 03656 5. Description of the invention (6Z) Successive transfer or skew exceeds the allowable cause, the transfer direction is changed by the baffle 50, and the banknotes are stored in the recovered banknote storage box 854. When the 10,000 yen coupons of the demand unit are stored on the platform 861 of the temporary holding area 863, the separation and transmission of the 825 million yen coupons in the uppermost gold storage box 825 are stopped. In any case, if the banknotes in the 10,000 yen coupon storage box 825 are used up before the payment of 5 units of the 10,000 yen yen bills required is completed, then the bill payment operation is replaced by the intermediate expenditure component 822 with the same procedure to continue to be completed. In the next step, the order to pay 5 units of Yen yen coupons is sent to the lowermost thousand yen yen voucher storage box 825. Banknotes such as ten thousand yen vouchers pass through the transmission channels 826, 827 of the thousand yuan yen voucher storage box 835 The transfer channel 827 and the common transfer channel 864 of the middle and uppermost payout component 822 are transferred and stored on the platform 861 of the temporary holding area 863, and then, the separation and transfer of the thousand yen coupons are stopped. Incidentally, as in the case of the Shi yen yen bill, the banknotes that are not normally transferred are not expended from the expenditure component 822, but instead, are stored in the recovered banknote storage box 854. In the mode of storing banknotes on the platform 861, the upper conveying belt 868 of the conveying path 866 is opened upward from the lower conveying belt 867 in advance. Therefore, when the unit bills are totaled and the number of units requested by the customer is stored on the platform 861, the transaction details are printed on the printing paper group 872 by the printer 874. Then, the printed portion of this printing paper set 872 is cut by scissors (not shown) to form a pair of bills 873, and sent to the conveying path 869. This statement 873 is sent from the card reading printer 820 to the payout institution unit 819, and is further transferred via the transfer channel 869 to the platform 862 temporarily holding 863. ------------------------ installed -------- ordered ------ ml, (on the back of Qingxian idle ice; .1 * Du 屮 #Fill in this page) Economy Lang Central Bureau of Standards®: Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperation

五、發明説明(63L) 在此時’傳送通道866之上傳送皮帶_擺向下與下 傳送皮帶867密合起來。同時,平檯861將它自已從位置 J向下收回至位置κ,且經由此系列的運作,在平接部2上 〈對帳單及平_ι上之紙幣保持在上下傳送皮帶867及 舰之間。然後,紙幣及對帳單經由兩傳送皮帶867及_ 傳送至提取窗口816。在此同時,遮門奶由未圖示之裝 置打開,使顧客能進入拿取紙幣及對帳單873。若是在遮 門821的開啓之後,經過一段設定的時間長度,顧客未取 走紙幣,換言之,若顧客忘了取走紙幣及對帳單,則以上 述之傳送方向相反的方向,由傳送通道866的兩傳送皮帶 867及868 ,經過一段設定時間周期,在通道末端落入暫 存箱865中。同時遮門821關閉。 如上所述,在此實施例中,因支出或分離失敗所發生 之不正常傳送情況的紙幣未支出儲金箱之外;因此,避免 在儲金箱之外發生紙幣堆叠。並且,儲金箱可有相同之結 構,並不需像先前的實施例所述需準備各式不同形式之儲 金箱來配合不同種類的紙幣。因分離及支出紙幣之裝置裝 配在儲金箱中,若錯誤發生在分離和支出裝置,則機器僅 換掉分離式儲金箱,從新啓動機器,使機器在極短的時間 内復原。另外,在儲金箱中之紙幣的恢復期間,依據儲存 在回收紙條儲存箱之紙幣張數,可確定分離及支出裝置在 一特定之儲金箱是否不正常,變成能在錯誤發生前,執行 修復及更換的操作。 另外,因儲金箱中具有辨識裝置之紙幣傳送通道,相 《請先閲消背而之注悫卞項再塡寫本頁) -裝· 訂. i線 經濟部中央標準局β工消费合作社印焚 本纸掁尺·度適用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297 X釐) 81·9.20,〇00 A6 B6 203656 五、發明説明(64 &gt; 對於在徵金箱中之紙幣排列的方向,向後設置,所以可以 減少機器之大小。 而且,當支出组件存放於紙幣自動支付機中,堆番在 另一個上面時,支出組件之一的動力輸入裝置,配合支出 機構單元之動力輸出裝置,以及鄰近支出組件之動力輸出 裝置及動力輸入裝置相互配合,藉此從支出機構將驅動力 傳輸至所有的支出組件;因此,支出機構單元之動力輸出 裝置的結構可被簡化,且装置或移去支出組件之運作可 單的完成。 當本發明已配合參考特定_之實施例詳細說明,並 不是被實施例所限制,而是由附帶聲明中限制。非常幸 地,那些在技術上巧妙地改變或修正之實施例,未士 發明的範圍及精神。 不雕開本 (凊1¾¾背面之注念事項再埙寫本頁) 經濟部中央標準局S工消費合作社印焚 參紙張认適財Ha家樣準(CNS)甲4祕(21ϋ X 297公势 81.9.20,000V. Description of the invention (63L) At this time, the conveying belt _ swings down on the conveying channel 866 and closes down with the lower conveying belt 867. At the same time, the platform 861 withdraws it from the position J to the position κ, and through this series of operations, the banknotes on the flat joint 2 <statement and level_ on the top and bottom conveyor belt 867 and ship between. Then, the banknotes and statements are transmitted to the withdrawal window 816 via the two conveyor belts 867 and _. At the same time, the door milk is opened by a device (not shown), allowing the customer to enter to take notes and statement 873. If after the opening of the shutter 821, after a set period of time, the customer does not take the banknotes, in other words, if the customer forgets to take the banknotes and the statement, the opposite direction of the above conveying direction, by the conveying channel 866 The two conveyor belts 867 and 868 fall into the temporary storage box 865 at the end of the channel after a set period of time. At the same time, the shutter 821 is closed. As described above, in this embodiment, paper money that is not normally transported due to payment or separation failure is not paid out of the gold storage box; therefore, stacking of paper money outside the gold storage box is avoided. Moreover, the gold storage box may have the same structure, and it is not necessary to prepare various types of gold storage boxes to match different types of banknotes as described in the previous embodiment. Because the device for separating and disbursing banknotes is installed in the gold storage box, if an error occurs in the separation and disbursement device, the machine only replaces the separate gold storage box and restarts the machine to restore the machine in a very short time. In addition, during the recovery of the banknotes in the gold storage box, according to the number of banknotes stored in the recycled paper strip storage box, it can be determined whether the separation and disbursement device is abnormal in a specific gold storage box. Perform repair and replacement operations. In addition, because of the paper money transfer channel with identification device in the gold storage box, please read "Please read the note before writing and then write this page)-Installation · Order. I-line Ministry of Economy Central Standards Bureau β 工 consumer cooperative The size and degree of the printed and burned paper are in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 X PCT) 81 · 9.20, 〇00 A6 B6 203656 V. Description of the invention (64 &gt; For banknotes in the levy box The direction of the arrangement is set backwards, so the size of the machine can be reduced. Moreover, when the payment component is stored in the banknote automatic payment machine and stacked on the other, the power input device of one of the payment components cooperates with the power of the payment mechanism unit The output device, and the power output device and the power input device adjacent to the payout component cooperate with each other, thereby transmitting the driving force from the payout mechanism to all payout components; therefore, the structure of the power output device of the payout mechanism unit can be simplified and the device Or the operation of removing the expenditure component can be completed alone. When the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the specific embodiment, it is not limited by the embodiment, but by the attached Limitations in the statement. Fortunately, those embodiments that have been skillfully changed or modified technically, the scope and spirit of the uninvented invention. Do not sculpt the text (凊 1¾¾The matters on the back of the page will be written on this page) Central Standard of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Bureau S Industry and Consumer Cooperatives printed and burned ginseng paper recognition Shi Ha Ha sample standard (CNS) A 4 secret (21ϋ X 297 publicity 81.9.20,000

Claims (1)

203656 經濟部中央揉準局R工消费合作杜印製 六、申請專利範園 —種流通票據處理機包括, 第一個貯存盒儲存流通票據, 支出裝置從上述之第一個貯存龛支出流通票據, 傳送裝置傳送支出之流通票據,及 第一個機體裝有上述之貯存盒、支出裝置和傳送裝置 ,且具有第一個開口,流通票據經由上述之傳送裝置 傳送從這開口支出, 其特徵爲,上述之機器更包括, 第二個機體(418)具有數個裝置槽,儲存分離式上述 之第一個機體(S3,54),及多個第二個開口(427,428 ,429),相對於上述之多個裝置槽,當上述之第一個 機體(53,54)在裝置槽中時,上述之第二個開口(427 ,428’429)設置在與上述之第一個開口(58)相通的位 置, 第一個控制器電路(33,34,35)配置於上述之第一個機 體(53,54)内,控制上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43) 及傳送裝置(48,109), 第二個控制器電路(434)配置在上述之第二個機體( 418)之内,控制上述之第一個控制器電路(33,34,35 ),以及 連接裝置包含有一個配置在上述之第一個機體(53,54 )上的第一個連接器(426),和一個配置在上述之第 二個機體(418)上的第二個連接器(422,423,424), 當上述之第一個機體儲存在裝置槽中時,連接上述之 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本&gt;0 --裝_ 訂. -線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家櫺準(CNS)甲4規格(2〗0 X 297 y 81.9.10,000 經濟部中央櫺準扃霣工消费合作杜印製 203656 B7 C7 -- ~~ _El 穴、申請專利範圓 第—個控制器電路(33,34,35)至上述之第二個控制器 電路(434)。 2.如申請專利範園第1項所述之機器,其特徵爲, 一對導引葉片(451a,451b)中面對面在配置於上述第 一個機體(53,54)中之貯存盒(400)内,導引在上述 之貯存盒(400)内之流通票據(40,40a)至上述之支出 裝置(44,45,42,43),至少某一個上述之導引葉片對 (451a’451b)相對於上述之第一個機體(53,54)爲可 移動的, 保持裝置(452)選擇性地確定多個保持位置,在其中 上述之一個導引葉片(451b)被固定在平行於另一個導 引葉片(415a),因此上述之導引葉片(451b)之間的距 離可選擇性地配合現有流通票據(4〇)之長度,它基本 上安排垂直於流通票據(40)被上述之支出裝置(44,45 ,42,43)支出之方向, 輸入裝置(456,456a,659a,659b,659c)配置在上述之 第一個機體(53,54)上,產生指示儲存在上述之貯存 盒:(400)内之成通票據(4〇,4〇a)的紙幣種類信號。 3·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之機器,其特徵爲,資料 儲存裝置(35,46)配置在上述之第一個機體 内,在上述之第一個控制器電路(33,34,35)的控制下 ,儲存關於由上述之機器執行交易的資料。 4·如申請專利範園第3項所述之機器,其特徵爲, 指示裝置(457)輸入讀取儲存在上述之資料儲存 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝_ 訂· 丨線. 木紙張人度逡用中國國家標準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 公处) 81.9.10,000 ^,03656 B7 C7 D7 绶濟部中*標準扃κκ工消费合作杜印製 六、申請專利範圍 (35,460)之資料的指令, 上述之第二個控制器電路(434),依據上述之指示裳 置(457)從上述之資料儲存裝置(35,460)讀取資料 ,控制上述之資料儲存裝置(35,460)。 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之機器,其特徵爲,上述 之機器中更包括, 偵測裝置(49,56,71)配置在上述之第一個機體(53,54 )中,在上述之第一個控制器電路(33,34,35)的控制 之下,偵測流通票據(40a)經由上述之傳送裝置(48, 109)傳送時,是否在正常的情況下, 一個第二個貯存盒(51)配置在上述之第一個機體(53, 54)中,儲存流通票據(4〇a),及 選別裝置(50,50a)配置在上述之第一個機體(53,54) 中’且位在上述之傳送裝置(48,109)及上述之第·~個 開口(58)之間,在上述之第一個控制器電路(460,33, 34,35)的控制之下,選擇性地偵測經由上述之傳送裝 置(48,109)遞送之流通票據(40a)至上述之第一個( 58)及第二個貯存盒(51)中, 上述之第一個控制器裝置(33,34,35),當流通票據經 由上述之傳送裝置(48及109)傳送時,依據上述之偵 測裝置(49,56,71)偵測流通票據(40a)之不正常的情 況,上述之選別裝置(50,50a)導引遞送的流通票據( 40a)至上述之第二個貯存盒(51)中。 6. 如申請專利範園第5項所述之機器,其特徵爲,當流 f靖先閑請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝· 訂· 線- 表紙張尺度適用中國國家櫺準(CNS)甲4规格(2〗0 X 297公楚) 81.9.10,000203656 Ministry of Economic Affairs Central Bureau of Industry and Commerce R-Consumer Co., Ltd. Du-printing 6. Patent application—a kind of circulation bill processing machine including: the first storage box to store circulation bills, and the payment device to pay out circulation bills from the first storage niche mentioned above , The conveying device conveys the circulated bills paid out, and the first body is equipped with the above-mentioned storage box, payout device and conveying device, and has a first opening, and the circulated bills are discharged from this opening through the conveying means described above, which is characterized by , The above-mentioned machine further includes, the second body (418) has several device tanks, storing and separating the above-mentioned first body (S3, 54), and a plurality of second openings (427, 428, 429), relative to For the above multiple device slots, when the first body (53, 54) is in the device slot, the second opening (427, 428'429) is provided in the first opening (58) At the same position, the first controller circuit (33, 34, 35) is arranged in the first body (53, 54) mentioned above, and controls the above expenditure device (44, 45, 42, 43) and transmission device ( 48,109), the second controller The circuit (434) is arranged in the above-mentioned second body (418), controls the above-mentioned first controller circuit (33, 34, 35), and the connecting device includes a first body ( 53,54) on the first connector (426), and a second connector (422,423,424) on the second body (418), when the first body is stored in the device slot In the middle, connect the above (please read the precautions on the back before writing the book> 0 --install_ order. -The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A 4 specifications (2〗 0 X 297 y 81.9 .10,000 Central Ministry of Economics, Ministry of Economics, Consumer Cooperation, Du Printed 203656 B7 C7-~~ _El, the first controller circuit (33,34,35) to the second controller mentioned above Circuit (434). 2. The machine as described in item 1 of the patent application park, characterized in that a pair of guide blades (451a, 451b) are arranged face-to-face in the first body (53, 54) In the storage box (400), guide the circulation notes (40, 40a) in the above storage box (400) to the above expenditure Device (44,45,42,43), at least one of the above guide blade pairs (451a'451b) is movable relative to the first body (53,54) above, keeping the device (452) selective Multiple holding positions are determined in which one of the above guide blades (451b) is fixed parallel to the other guide blade (415a), so the distance between the above guide blades (451b) can be selectively matched The length of the existing negotiable instruments (4〇) is basically arranged perpendicular to the direction in which the negotiable instruments (40) are expended by the above-mentioned disbursement devices (44, 45, 42, 43), and the input devices (456, 456a, 659a, 659b, 659c) ) It is arranged on the first body (53, 54) mentioned above, and generates a paper money type signal indicating the Chengtong notes (4〇, 4〇a) stored in the above storage box: (400). 3. The machine as described in item 1 of the patent application, characterized in that the data storage device (35, 46) is arranged in the first body mentioned above, and in the first controller circuit (33, 34, Under the control of 35), store the data about the transactions executed by the above machines. 4. The machine as described in item 3 of the patent application park is characterized in that the instruction device (457) inputs and reads the data stored in the above storage (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)丨 Line. The wood paper is used in China National Standard (CNS) Grade 4 (210 X Office) 81.9.10,000 ^, 03656 B7 C7 D7 The Ministry of Economy and Economics * Standard 揃 κκIndustry and Consumer Cooperation Cooperation Du Printing 6. Application The instruction of the data of the patent scope (35,460), the above-mentioned second controller circuit (434), reads the data from the above-mentioned data storage device (35,460) according to the above-mentioned instruction frame (457), controls the above-mentioned data storage device (35,460). 5. The machine as described in item 1 of the patent application scope is characterized in that the above-mentioned machine further includes that the detection device (49, 56, 71) is arranged in the first body (53, 54) mentioned above, Under the control of the above first controller circuit (33, 34, 35), it is detected whether the negotiable instruments (40a) are transferred through the above-mentioned transfer device (48, 109). Under normal circumstances, a first Two storage boxes (51) are arranged in the above-mentioned first body (53, 54), storing circulation notes (4〇a), and the sorting device (50, 50a) are arranged in the above-mentioned first body (53, 54) 54) Medium 'and located between the above-mentioned transmission device (48,109) and the above-mentioned first opening (58), controlled by the above-mentioned first controller circuit (460,33, 34,35) Next, selectively detect the circulation notes (40a) delivered through the above-mentioned conveying device (48, 109) to the first (58) and the second storage box (51) above, the first of the above The controller device (33, 34, 35), when the negotiable bill is transmitted through the above-mentioned conveying device (48 and 109), detects the negotiable ticket according to the aforementioned detecting device (49, 56, 71) According to the abnormal situation of (40a), the above-mentioned sorting device (50, 50a) guides the delivered negotiable instruments (40a) to the above-mentioned second storage box (51). 6. The machine as described in item 5 of the patent application park is characterized in that when the current flow is free, please pay attention to the back of the page and fill out this page) Binding · Order · Line-The paper size of the table is applicable to the Chinese National Standard ( CNS) A 4 specifications (2〗 0 X 297 Gongchu) 81.9.10,000 A7 B7 C7 D7_ 六、申請專利範圍 通票據(40a)不能從多個裝置槽中之一的上述第—個 機禮(53,54)中支出,上述之第二個控制器電路(434 )控制流通票據(40a)從裝在別的多個裝置槽中支出 〇 7.如申請專利範園第5項所述之機器,其特徵爲, 騍動裝置(736,738)配置在上述之第二個機趙(418)内 ,產生驅動力驅動上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)及 傳送裝置(48,109), 動力傳輸裝置(735,737)配置在上述之第一個機體(53 ,54)中且機械式連接至上述之驅動裝置,從上述之驅 動裝置(736,738)接收驅動力及傳遞驅動力至上述之 支出裝置(44,45,42,43)和傳送裝置(48,1〇9),當上 述之第一個機體(S3,54)裝置在装置槽中, 上述之選別裝置(50及50a),依據上述之销測裝置( 49,56,71)偵測到流通票據(4〇a)在經由上述之傳送 裝置(48及109)傳送時的不正常情況,在上诚之第— 個控制器電路(33»34,35)的控制下,遞送流通票據( 40a)至上述之第二個貯存盒(51),否則,經由上述 之傳送裝置(48和109)導引流通票據(4〇a)遞送至上 述之第一個開口(58)。 8· —種流通票據處理機包括, 第一個貯存盒儲存流通票據, 支出裝置從上述之第一個貯存盒支出流通票據, 傳送装置傳送支出之流通票據,及 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) -I裝· 訂· 線 經濟部t央懔準渴R工消-t合作杜印製A7 B7 C7 D7_ 6. The patent application scope bill (40a) cannot be paid from the first gift (53,54) in one of the multiple device slots, and the second controller circuit (434) above controls Circulation notes (40a) are disbursed from a plurality of other equipment slots. 7. The machine as described in item 5 of the patent application park is characterized in that the spur device (736,738) is arranged in the second machine mentioned above In Zhao (418), the driving force is used to drive the above-mentioned payout devices (44, 45, 42, 43) and transmission devices (48, 109), and the power transmission device (735, 737) is arranged in the first body (53, 54) ) And mechanically connected to the above-mentioned driving device, receiving driving force from the above-mentioned driving device (736,738) and transmitting the driving force to the above-mentioned payout device (44,45,42,43) and transmission device (48,109) ), When the above-mentioned first body (S3, 54) is installed in the device slot, the above-mentioned selection device (50 and 50a), according to the above-mentioned pin testing device (49, 56, 71), detects the negotiable bill (4 〇a) Abnormal conditions when transmitting via the above-mentioned transmission devices (48 and 109) Under the control of the controller circuit (33 »34, 35), deliver the circulation note (40a) to the above-mentioned second storage box (51), otherwise, guide the circulation note (4) through the above-mentioned transfer device (48 and 109) O) Delivery to the first opening (58) described above. 8. A kind of negotiable bill processing machine includes, the first storage box stores the negotiable bill, the payment device dispenses the negotiable bill from the first storage box mentioned above, the conveying device transmits the disbursed negotiable bill, and (please read the notes on the back (Let's write this page again) -I installed · booked · the Ministry of Economics t 懔 懔 揔 暔 跚 R 工 消 -t cooperation du printing 81.9.10,000 203656 A7 B7 C7 — 經濟部中央揉準局R工消費合作社印製 9. 申請專利範面 第—個機體装有上述之貯存盒、支出裝置和傳送装置 ,且具有第一個開口,流通票據經由傳送裝置傳送從 這開口支出, 其特徵爲,上述之機器更包括, —個可提式大小之第二個機髏(26,26a),具有一個裝 置槽儲存分離式上述第一個機體(53,54),及具有一 個第二個開口(22),設置在與第一個開口(58)相通的 位置,當上述之第一個機體(53,54)在裝置槽中時, 操作裝置(23,24)配置在上述之第二個機體(26,26a) 上,用手輸入指令和包括要求支付之流通票據(4〇, 40a)的資料, 顯示裝置(23)配置在上述之第二個機體(26,25a)上, 可看見地顯示上述之機器的情況及資料; —個第一個控制器電路(33,34,35)配置於上述之第一 個機體(53,54)内,控制上述之支出裝置(44,45,42 ,43)及傳送裝置(48,1〇9), —個第二個控制器電路(30)配置在上述之第二個機體 (26,26a)内依據上述之操作裝置(23,24),控制上 述之第一個控制器電路(33,34,35)及顯示裝置(23)。 —種流通票據處理機包括, 機械式支出裝置儲存流通票據,及支出和傳送儲存的 流通票據, —個第一個機體,儲存上述之機械式支出裝置,且具 有一個第一個開口支出遞送的流通票據,81.9.10,000 203656 A7 B7 C7 — Printed by R Industry and Consumer Cooperatives, Central Bureau of Economic Development, Ministry of Economic Affairs 9. Patent application profile—The first body is equipped with the above storage box, payment device and transfer device, and has the first opening, Circulation bills are sent out through this opening through the conveying device, which is characterized in that the above-mentioned machine further includes a second skeleton (26, 26a) of a liftable size, with a device tank for storing the above-mentioned first one The body (53, 54), and has a second opening (22), which is arranged at a position communicating with the first opening (58), when the above-mentioned first body (53, 54) is in the device tank, The operation device (23, 24) is arranged on the second body (26, 26a) mentioned above, the instruction and the data including the negotiable notes (40, 40a) required to be paid are input by hand, and the display device (23) is arranged on the above The second machine body (26, 25a) can visually display the condition and data of the above machine; a first controller circuit (33, 34, 35) is arranged on the first machine body (53, 54), control the above expenditure devices (44,45,42,43) and transmission equipment (48,109), a second controller circuit (30) is arranged in the second body (26,26a) according to the above operation device (23,24), to control the first A controller circuit (33, 34, 35) and a display device (23). -A type of negotiable bill processor includes, a mechanical payout device that stores negotiable bills, and disbursement and delivery of stored negotiable bills,-a first body that stores the aforementioned mechanical payout device, and has a first opening for payout delivery Negotiable notes, 81.9.1〇,_ 2〇3〇5b81.9.1〇, _ 2〇3〇5b 六'申請專利範圍 «濟部中央櫺準扃典工消费合作社印* 其特徵爲,上述之機器更包括, 一個第一個貯存盒(400)儲存流通票據(4〇,4〇a), 第個支出裝置(44,45,42,43)從上述之第一個貯存 盒(400)中支出流通票據(4〇,4〇a), 第一個傳送裝置(48,109)傳送支出之流通票據(40, 40a), 一個第二個機體(825)内裝設上述之貯存盒(4〇〇)、 支出裝置(44,45,42,43)和傳送裝置(48,1〇9),以及 具有一個第二個開口(58),從上述之第二個機體(825 )中’支出經由上述之傳送裝置(48,1〇9)遞送的流通 票據(4〇a), 一個第二個機體(822a)在上述之機械式支出裝置(gig )内,能堆疊在另一個之上,儲存上述之第二個機趙 (825), 第一個傳送裝置(826)配置在上述之第三個機體( 822a)内’傳送從上述之第二個開口(58)支出至上述 之第二個機體(822a)外面之第一個位置的流通票據( 40a), 第二個傳送裝置(827)配置在上述之第三個機體(822a )内傳送遞送至一個指向上述之第三個機體(822a) 外面第二個位置的流通票據(40a)至第一個位置, 第二個位置,當上述之第三個機體(822a)堆疊在另一 個足上時,與相鄰的一個上述之第三個機體(822a)的 第一個位置相連, (犄先閲讀背面之注意事項再場寫本頁) .装- 訂. .埠 本紙張尺廑適用中國國家榡準(CNS)甲4規格(2]〇 χ 2耵公分 81.9.1〇,〇〇〇 A7 A7 經濟部中央標準屬β工消费合作杜印製 203^6 六、申請專利範面 第一個動力傳輸裝置(829)配置在上述之第三個機體 (822a)内’經由第三個位置,從上述之第三個機禮( 822a)外面接收動力,傳遞動力至上述之第二個及第 三個傳送裝置(826,827),以及 第一個動力傳輸裝置(829)配置在上述之第三個機體( 822a)内’從第四個位置的上述第三個傳送裝置(827 )傳出動力, 第四個位置,當上述之第三個機體(822a)堆疊在另一 個之上時,與相鄰的一個上述之第三個機趙(822&amp;)的 第三個位置相連,上述之第二個動力傳輸裝置(829) ,當上述之第三個機體(822a)堆疊在另一個之上時, 與相鄰上述之第三個機體(822a)之上述之第二個動力 傳輸裝置(829)機械式地相連, 上述之機械式支出裝置(819)更含有, 第四個傳送裝置(864),傳送遞送至第—個位置之流 通票據(40a)至第一個開口(816),以及 驅動裝置(828)機械式連接至位在一端之上述第三個 機體(822a)的上述之第一個動力傳輸裝置(8四),當 上述之第三個機體(822a)堆疊時,供給動力至上述之 第一個動力傳輸裝置(829)。 10.如申請專利範圍第9項所述之機器,其特徵爲, 暫時保持裝置(861)位在上述之第四個傳送裝置(864 )及第一個開口(816)之間,保持流通票據(4〇a)經 由上述之第四個傳送裝置(864)遞送,以及 t度適用中國國家橒準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公处) 81.9.10,000 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .丨裝 訂. 2〇3〇^6 六、申請專利範圓 裝置(865)經過一段設定時間區間後,拿回被上述之 暫時保持裝置(861)所保持之流通票據(4〇a)。 11 · 一餘金箱包括, 一個第一個貯存盒儲存流通票據, 支出裝置從上述之第一個貯存盒支出流通票據, 傳送裝置傳送支出的流通票據,以及 一個第一個機體内裝設上述之貯存盒、支出裝置和傳 送裝置,且具有一個第一個開口,流通票據經由上述 之傳送裝置從此開口支出, 其特徵爲,上述之儲金箱更包括, 偵測裝置(49,56,71)配置在上述之第—個機體(53,54 )之中’偵測流通票據(40a)經由上述之傳送裝置(48 及109)傳送時,是否在正常的情況下, —個第二個貯存盒(51)配置在上述之第一個機體(53 S4)内,儲存流通票據(40a),及 ’ 選別裝置(50,50a)配置在上述之第一個機體(53,S4) 部 中 内,且位在上述之傳送裝置(48,109)與上述之第一個 開口(58)之間,選擇性地導引經由上述之傳送裝置( 48,1〇9)遞送之流通票據(4〇a)至第—個(58)或第二 個貯存盒(51)中,以及 —個控制器電路(33,34,35)配置在上述之第—個機體 (S3,54),依據上述之偵測裝置(49,56,71),控制上 述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)、傳送裝置(48,1〇9)和 選別裝置(50,50a), 819-10,000 本'紐·張尺度適用中國國家櫺準(CNS&gt;甲4规格(2】0 X 297公分) IWr-|:-WBn;!TTI|W.. j A7 B7 C7 D7 經濟部中央櫺準居貝工消费合作杜印製 六、申請專利範困 上述之控制器電路(33,34,35),依具上述之偵測裝置 (49,56,71)偵測流通票據(40a)在不正常的情況下經 由上述之傳送裝置(48,109)傳送,上述之選別裝置( 50,50a)導引遞送的流通票據(40a)至上述之第二個 貯存盒(51)。 12.如申請專利範圍第1 1項所述之儲金箱,其特徵爲, 上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)包括, —個拮取滾輪(44)爲可轉動地且與儲存在上述之第一 個貯存盒(400)之流通票據(4〇,4〇a)相接觸,支出與 拮取滾輪相接觸之流通票據, 加壓裝置(41)壓儲存在上述之第一個貯存盒(4〇〇)之 流通票據(40,40a)向上述之拮取滾輪(44),因此最前 面一張流通票據(40,40a)與上述之拮取滾輪(44)相接 觸, 一個進給滚輪(42)可旋轉地進給被上述之拮取滾輪 (44)支出之流通票據(42a), 一個反轉滾輪(43)可旋轉且位在面對上述之進給滚輪 (42),因此不會有一張以上支出的流通票據(4〇a)被 送出, 驅動裝置(45)驅動上述之拮取滾輪(44)及進給滾輪( 42),以及 一個棘輪(137)置在延著動力傳輸連样從上述之驅動 裝置(45)至上述之進給滾輪(42)之間,上述之傳送裝置(48,109)包括, (請先間讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -—裝· 訂. .線. 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Ψ4規格(2】〇 81.9.10,000 A7 B7 C7 D7 六、申請專利範園 數組滾輪(55,55-1)兩兩面對面且可轉動,以及 皮帶(46,47)懸掛著且能由上述之一组滾輪(55,55 — 1)面對面行進, 上述之偵測装置(49,56,71)包括, 一個第一個偵測電路(178)偵測在第一個位置(〇上 支出之流通票據(40a)的先前端,且產生一個停止上 述驅動裝置(45)之堪動動作的第一個信號,以及 一個第二個偵測電路(179)偵測在第二個位置(〇)上 支出之流通票據(40a)的末端,且產生一個啓動上述 驅動裝置(45)之驅動動作的第二個信號, 經濟部中央標準扃貝工消費合作社印聚 第一個位置(C)在傳送方向從第三個位置移置,在傳 送方向上流通票據(40a)傳送一段第一個距離的長度 ,以滿足如下條件,當流通票據(4〇a)之先前端到達 第一個位置(C),流通票據(40a)之末端從上述之拮 取滚輪(44)釋放,且上述之傳送裝置(49,56,71)抓住 流通票據(40a)的先前端附近於上述之皮帶(46,47) 間,保證在第三個位置之流通票據(4〇a)的傳送時, 流通票據(40a)的先前端到達第一個位置(c)(圖n ), 第二個位置(D)在流通票據之傳送方向上,從一個流 通票據(40a)抓在進給滾輪(42)及反轉滾輪(43)之間 的位置,移置第二個距離之長度,以滿足如下條件, 在流通票據(40a)之末端從上述之進給滾輪(42)的保 持釋放後,流通票據(4〇a)之末端到達第二個位置⑴ 81.9.10,000 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中困國豕櫺準(CNS)甲4規格(21〇 X 297公楚) 經濟部中央標準局R工消费合作社印製 A7 ^ B7 ‘二 036 明 c? .__D7_' 六、申請專利範園 )(囷13) ° 13.如申請專利範園第1 1項所述之儲金箱,其特徵爲, 上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)包括, 一個拮取滾輪(44)爲可轉動的且與儲存在上述之第一 個貯存盒(400)之流通票據(40,40a)相接觸,支出與 其相接觸之流通票據J 加壓裝置(41)壓儲存在上述之第一個貯存盒(4〇〇)之 流通票據(40,40a)向上述之拮取滚輪(44),因此最前 面一張流通票據(40,40a)與上述之拮取滾輪(44)相接 觸, 一個進給滾輪(42)旋轉地進給被上述括取滾輪(44)支 出之流通票據(42a), 一個反轉滾輪(43)可旋轉且位在面對上述之進給滚輪 (42),因此不會有一張以上支出的流通票據(4〇a)被 送出, 驅動裝置(45)驅動上述之拮取滾輪(44)及進給滾輪 (42),以及 一個第一個棘輪(137)設置在延著動力傳輸連样間從 上述之驅動装置(45)至上述之進給滚輪(42)之間, 上述之傳送裝置(48,109)包括, 數組滾輪(55,55-1)兩兩面對面且可轉動,以及 皮帶(46,47)懸掛著且能由上述之一組滚輪(55,55— 1)面對面行進, 上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)更包括, .紙張尺度適用中S國家搮準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297公楚) 81.9.10,000 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項存璜寫本頁) i裝. 訂. 線. A7 B7 C7 D7 六、申請專利範圍 一個第二個棘輪(176)設置在延著動力傳輸連桿從上 述之驅動裝置(45)至上述之拮取滾輪(44)之間, 上述之偵測裝置(49,56,及71)包括, 一個第一個偵測電路(178)偵測在第一個位置(c)上 支出之流通票據(40a)的先前端,且產生一個停止上 述驅動裝置(45)之驅動動作的第一個信號,以及 一個第二個偵測電路(179)偵測在第二個位置(£))上 支出之流通票據的(40a)末端,且產生一個啓動上述 驅動裝置(45)之驅動動作的第二個信號, 經濟部中央棣準局R Η消費合作钍印皱 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 第一個位置(C)在傳送方向從第三個位置移置,在傳 送方向上流通票據(40a)傳送一段第一個距離的長度 ,以滿足如下條件,當現有流通票據(4〇,4〇a)間從傳 送方向量得最短的流通票據(40a)之先前端到達第一 個位置(C),流通票據(40a)之末端從上述之拮取滚 輪(44)釋放,且上述之傳送裝置(49,56,71)抓住流通 票據(40a)的先前端附近於上述之皮帶(46及47)間後 ’保證在第三個位置之流通票據(40a)的傳送時,流 通票據(40a)的先前端到達第一個位置(〇(圖11), 第二個位置(D)在流通票據之傳送方向上,從流通票 據(40a)抓在進給滾輪(42)及反轉滚輪(43)之間的位 置,移置一段第二個距離之長度,,以滿足如下條件 ,在流通票據(40a)之末端從上述之進給滾輪(42)的 保持釋放後,流通票據(40a)之末端到達第二個位置 ⑼(圖13)。 適用中國國家樣準(CNS)甲4规核 (210 X 297公》) 81.9.10,000 的 6 C7 ________D7_ 六、申請專利範固 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再碘寫本頁) 14.如申請專利範圍第丨i項所述之儲金箱,其特徵爲, 上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)包括, 一個拮取滾輪(44)爲可轉動的且與儲存在上述之第一 個貯存盒(400)之流通票據(4〇,4〇a)相接觸,支出與 其相接觸之流通票據, 加壓裝置(41)壓儲存在上述之第一個貯存盒(4〇〇)之 流通票據(40,40a)向上述之拮取滚輪(44),因此最前 面一張流通票據(40,40a)與上述之拮取滾輪(44)相接 觸, 一個進給滾輪(42)旋轉地進給被上述拮取滚輪(44)支 出之流通票據, 一個反轉滚輪(43)可旋轉且位在面對上述之進給滚輪 (42),因此不會有一張以上支出的流通票據(4〇a)被 送出, 驅動裝置(45)驅動上述之拮取滚輪(44)及進給滾輪 (42),以及 經濟部中央標準局R工消費合作社印製 一個第一個棘輪(137)設置在延著動力傳輸連桿間從 上述之驅動裝置(45)至上述之進給滚輪(42), 上述之傳送裝置(48,109)包括, 數组滾輪(55,55—1)兩兩面對面且可轉動,以及 皮帶(46,47)懸掛著且能由上述之一組滾輪(55,55 — 1)面對面行進, 上述之支出裝置(44,45,42,43)更包括, 個第·一個棘輪(176)設置在延著動力傳輸連桿間從 81.9.10,000 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297公釐〉 六、申請專利範困 (犄先閲讀背面之注意事項再塡寫本頁) 上述之驅動裝置(45)至上述之拮取滚輪(44)間, 上述之偵測裝置(49,56,71)更包括, 一個偵測電路(180)偵測在第一個位置(c)上支出之 流通票據(40a)的先前端, 上述之控制器電路(33,34,35,460)包括, 計時裝置,依上述之偵測電路(18),停止上述驅動裝 置(45)之驅動動作,開始計時,且經過一段設定時間 後’重新啓動上述之驅動裝置(45)之驅動動作, 經濟部中央標準居S工消費合作杜印製 第一個位置(C)在傳送方向從第二個位置移置,在傳 送方向上流通票據(40a)傳送一段第一個距離的長度 ,以滿足如下條件,當現有流通票據(40,40a)間從傳 送方向量得最短的流通票據(40a)之先前端到達第一 個位置(C),流通票據(40a)之末端從上述之拮取滚 輪(44)釋放,且上述之傳送裝置(49,56,71)抓住流通 票據(40a)的先前端附近於上述之皮帶(46,47)間後 ,保證在第二個位置之流通票據(4〇a)的傳送時,流 通票據(40a)的先前端到達第一個位置(〇 (圖2〇)。 15·如申請專利範圍第〗3或1 4項所述之儲金箱,其特 徵爲, 一個轉動軸(124)可由上述之驅動裝置(45)轉動,且 在基本上垂直於傳送上述之流通票據(40,4〇a)之方向 上延伸, 兩個上述之拮取滾輪(44),經由對應之一對上述之第 二個棘輪(176)裝置在上述之轉動轴上。 81.9.1〇,〇〇〇 本紙張尺度適用中國困家樣準(CNS)甲4规格(210 X 297公釐)Six 'patent application scope «Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs of the Central Government of the Ministry of Economic Affairs * * It is characterized by that the above-mentioned machine further includes, a first storage box (400) for storing negotiable notes (4〇, 4〇a), A disbursement device (44, 45, 42, 43) disburses the negotiable notes (4〇, 4〇a) from the first storage box (400) above, and a first delivery device (48,109) dispenses the disbursed negotiable notes ( 40, 40a), a second body (825) is equipped with the above storage box (400), payout device (44,45,42,43) and conveying device (48,109), and has A second opening (58), from the second body (825) mentioned above 'disbursement of circulation notes (4〇a) delivered via the above-mentioned conveying device (48, 109), a second body ( 822a) In the above-mentioned mechanical payment device (gig), it can be stacked on top of another, storing the above-mentioned second machine Zhao (825), and the first conveying device (826) is arranged in the above-mentioned third body (822a) Inward 'transfer of the negotiable bill (40a) paid from the above second opening (58) to the first position outside the above second body (822a) The second conveying device (827) is arranged in the third body (822a) to deliver and deliver a bill (40a) directed to the second position outside the third body (822a) to the first position , The second position, when the third body (822a) above is stacked on the other foot, it is connected to the first position of the adjacent third body (822a) above, (犄 Read the back Please pay attention to this page and then write this page). Binding-Ordering... The size of the local paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (2) 〇 2 2 cm 81.9.1〇, 〇〇〇A7 A7 economy The central standard of the Ministry is β-industrial consumer cooperation Du Printed 203 ^ 6. 6. The first power transmission device (829) for patent application is located in the third body (822a) mentioned above. The third gift (822a) receives power outside, transmits power to the above second and third transmission devices (826,827), and the first power transmission device (829) is arranged on the above third body ( 822a) Inside 'the third conveying device from the fourth position 827) out of power, the fourth position, when the third body (822a) above is stacked on top of another, the third position with the adjacent third machine Zhao (822 &amp;) above Connected to the above second power transmission device (829), when the above third body (822a) is stacked on top of the other, and the above mentioned second body (822a) adjacent to the above second The power transmission device (829) is mechanically connected, and the above-mentioned mechanical disbursement device (819) further includes a fourth transfer device (864), which transfers the circulated notes (40a) delivered to the first position to the first opening (816), and the driving device (828) is mechanically connected to the first power transmission device (84) of the third body (822a) at one end, when the third body (822a) When stacking, power is supplied to the first power transmission device (829) described above. 10. The machine as described in item 9 of the patent application range, characterized in that the temporary holding device (861) is located between the above-mentioned fourth conveying device (864) and the first opening (816) to keep the negotiable bill (4〇a) Delivery via the fourth transmission device (864) mentioned above, and t degrees apply to China National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 public offices) 81.9.10,000 (please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again.) Binding. 2〇3〇 ^ 6 6. After applying for a set period of time for the patent application device (865), get back the negotiable instruments (4) held by the above temporary holding device (861) 〇a). 11. A gold box includes, a first storage box to store the circulation notes, a payment device to pay out the circulation notes from the above-mentioned first storage box, a delivery device to transfer the paid out circulation notes, and a first body to install the above Storage box, payout device and conveying device, and has a first opening through which the bills in circulation are expelled through the conveying device. The feature is that the above-mentioned gold storage box further includes a detection device (49, 56, 71 ) Configured in the first body (53, 54) above to detect whether the negotiable instruments (40a) are transferred through the above-mentioned conveying devices (48 and 109), under normal circumstances, a second storage The box (51) is arranged in the above-mentioned first body (53 S4), storing the circulation notes (40a), and the sorting device (50, 50a) is arranged in the above-mentioned first body (53, S4) , And is located between the aforementioned conveying device (48,109) and the aforementioned first opening (58), and selectively guides the negotiable instruments (4〇a) delivered via the aforementioned conveying device (48,109) To the first (58) or second In the storage box (51), and a controller circuit (33,34,35) is arranged in the first body (S3,54) above, according to the above detection device (49,56,71), control the above Expenditure device (44,45,42,43), conveying device (48,109) and sorting device (50,50a), 819-10,000 copies of the Newton Zhang scale are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS &gt; A 4 Specifications (2) 0 X 297 cm) IWr- |: -WBn;! TTI | W .. j A7 B7 C7 D7 Central Ministry of Economics, Ministry of Economic Development, Central Cooperation, Consumer Printing Co., Ltd. Du Printing VI. Patent application for the above controller The circuit (33, 34, 35), according to the above detection device (49, 56, 71), detects that the negotiable instruments (40a) are transmitted through the above transmission device (48, 109) under abnormal conditions, and the above selection device (50,50a) Guide the delivered negotiable instruments (40a) to the above second storage box (51). 12. The gold storage box as described in item 11 of the scope of patent application is characterized by the above expenditure The device (44,45,42,43) includes, a pickup roller (44) is rotatable and is in phase with the negotiable instruments (4〇, 4〇a) stored in the first storage box (400) mentioned above Contact, expenditure and Take the circulating bills in contact with the roller, and pressurize the device (41) to press the circulating bills (40, 40a) stored in the first storage box (400) to the above-mentioned antagonizing pickup roller (44), so the front A negotiable bill (40, 40a) is in contact with the aforementioned pick-up roller (44), and a feed roller (42) rotatably feeds the negotiable bill (42a) dispensed by the aforementioned pick-up roller (44), A reversing roller (43) is rotatable and is located facing the above-mentioned feed roller (42), so that no more than one paid circulation bill (4〇a) will be sent out, and the driving device (45) drives the above-mentioned constraints The take-up roller (44) and the feed roller (42), and a ratchet (137) are placed between the above-mentioned driving device (45) to the above-mentioned feed roller (42) along the power transmission sample, the above-mentioned transmission The device (48,109) includes, (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page)--Binding · Binding. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Ψ4 specification (2) 〇81.9.10,000 A7 B7 C7 D7 VI. Patent application Fanyuan array rollers (55, 55-1) face to face and can be rotated two by two, to The belt (46, 47) is hung and can travel face-to-face by one of the above-mentioned sets of rollers (55, 55-1). The above detection device (49, 56, 71) includes, a first detection circuit (178) Detect the front end of the negotiable bill (40a) paid at the first position (〇, and generate a first signal to stop the motion of the drive device (45), and a second detection circuit ( 179) Detect the end of the negotiable notes (40a) paid out at the second position (〇), and generate a second signal that activates the driving action of the above-mentioned drive device (45). The first position (C) of the cooperative printed and moved from the third position in the conveying direction, and the circulating bill (40a) in the conveying direction transmits a length of the first distance to meet the following conditions. When the circulating bill (4. The front end of a) reaches the first position (C), the end of the negotiable bill (40a) is released from the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), and the aforementioned conveying device (49, 56, 71) grasps the negotiable bill (40a) ) Near the front end of the belt (46,47) above, ensure that When the circulation notes (40a) at three positions are transferred, the front end of the circulation notes (40a) reaches the first position (c) (Figure n), and the second position (D) is in the direction of the circulation notes , From a circulating bill (40a) caught between the feed roller (42) and the reversing roller (43), shift the length of the second distance to meet the following conditions, at the end of the circulating bill (40a) After the release of the above feed roller (42) is maintained, the end of the negotiable bill (4〇a) reaches the second position ⑴ 81.9.10,000 (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) This paper size is applicable CNS Grade A 4 specifications (21〇X 297 Gongchu) Printed by the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, R Industry and Consumer Cooperatives A7 ^ B7 'Two 036 Ming c? .__ D7_' VI. Application for a patent Fanyuan) (囷 13) ° 13. The gold storage box as described in item 11 of the patent application park is characterized in that the above-mentioned payment device (44,45,42,43) includes, a pick-up roller (44) is Rotatable and in contact with the circulating bills (40, 40a) stored in the first storage box (400) mentioned above, and the expenditure is connected to it The negotiable bill J The pressurizing device (41) presses the negotiable bills (40, 40a) stored in the first storage box (400) mentioned above to the aforementioned pick-up roller (44), so the foremost one negotiable bill (40,40a) In contact with the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), a feed roller (42) rotatably feeds the negotiable bill (42a) paid out by the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), and a reverse roller (43) ) Is rotatable and is facing the above-mentioned feed roller (42), so that no more than one paid bill (4〇a) is sent out, the driving device (45) drives the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44) and The feed roller (42) and a first ratchet wheel (137) are provided between the drive device (45) to the feed roller (42) and the transfer device ( 48,109) Including, the array of rollers (55,55-1) face to face and can be rotated two by two, and the belt (46,47) is hung and can be face to face by one of the above groups of rollers (55,55-1), the above expenditure The device (44,45,42,43) further includes, .The paper size is applicable to the National Standard (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 Gongchu) 81.9.10,000 (read the precautions on the back and write down this page first) i pack. Order. Line. A7 B7 C7 D7 6. The scope of patent application A second ratchet (176) is set to extend the power The transmission link is from the above-mentioned driving device (45) to the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44). The above-mentioned detection devices (49, 56, and 71) include, a first detection circuit (178) to detect The front end of the negotiable bill (40a) paid at the first position (c), and generates a first signal to stop the driving action of the driving device (45) and a second detection circuit (179) Detect the (40a) end of the negotiable bills paid at the second position (£)) and generate a second signal that initiates the driving action of the above-mentioned drive device (45). Cooperative thorium printing wrinkle (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) The first position (C) is moved from the third position in the conveying direction, and the bill in circulation (40a) is conveyed in the conveying direction. The length of the distance to meet the following conditions, when the existing negotiable notes ( 4〇, 4〇a) The shortest end of the circulating bill (40a) measured in the conveying direction reaches the first position (C), and the end of the circulating bill (40a) is released from the aforementioned pick-up roller (44), And the above-mentioned conveying device (49, 56, 71) grasps the vicinity of the front end of the negotiable bill (40a) and passes between the aforementioned belts (46 and 47) to ensure the delivery of the negotiable bill (40a) at the third position , The front end of the negotiable bill (40a) reaches the first position (〇 (Figure 11), the second position (D) is in the conveying direction of the negotiable bill, from the negotiable bill (40a) to the feed roller (42) And the position between the reversing roller (43) and a length of a second distance, to meet the following conditions, after the end of the bill in circulation (40a) is released from the holding of the above-mentioned feeding roller (42), The end of the negotiable note (40a) reaches the second position ⑼ (Figure 13). Applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A 4 regulation (210 X 297 public) 81.9.10,000 6 C7 ________D7_ Six, apply for patent model (please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) 14. If you apply The gold storage box as described in Item 1 of the patent scope is characterized in that the above-mentioned payment device (44,45,42,43) includes, a catching roller (44) is rotatable and stored in the above-mentioned first The circulating bills (40, 40a) of a storage box (400) are in contact, and the circulating bills in contact with it are discharged, and the pressing device (41) is stored in the first storage box (400) The circulation bills (40, 40a) are directed to the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), so the first sheet of circulation bills (40, 40a) is in contact with the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), and a feed roller (42) rotates To feed the circulating bills paid out by the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), a reverse roller (43) is rotatable and is located facing the above-mentioned feeding roller (42), so there will not be more than one paid out bill ( 4〇a) is sent out, the driving device (45) drives the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44) and feed roller (42), and The first ratchet wheel (137) printed by the R Industry and Consumer Cooperative of the Central Standards Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is installed between the drive device (45) and the feed roller (42) above the power transmission link, and the above transmission device (48,109) Including, the array of rollers (55,55-1) face to face and can rotate two by two, and the belt (46,47) is suspended and can be face to face by one of the above groups of rollers (55,55-1), the above The expenditure device (44,45,42,43) further includes, the first ratchet (176) is set between the power transmission links from 81.9.10,000. The paper size is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) Grade 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) VI. Applying for a patent application (you must read the precautions on the back and then write this page) from the aforementioned drive device (45) to the aforementioned pick-up roller (44) (49,56,71) further includes, a detection circuit (180) detects the front end of the negotiable bill (40a) paid at the first position (c), the above-mentioned controller circuit (33,34,35,460 ) Including, timing device, according to the above detection circuit (18), stop the above drive device (45) The driving action starts to count, and after a set period of time, 'restart the driving action of the above-mentioned driving device (45). The transport direction is shifted from the second position, and the circulation bill (40a) is transported for a length of the first distance in the transportation direction to meet the following conditions. When the existing circulation bill (40, 40a) is the shortest measured from the transportation direction The front end of the negotiable bill (40a) reaches the first position (C), the end of the negotiable bill (40a) is released from the above-mentioned pick-up roller (44), and the aforementioned conveying device (49, 56, 71) grasps the circulation After the front end of the bill (40a) is between the belts (46, 47) mentioned above, it is guaranteed that the forward end of the bill (40a) reaches the first one when the bill (40a) in the second position is transferred Location (〇 (Figure 2〇). 15. The gold storage box as described in item 3 or 14 of the patent application scope, characterized in that a rotating shaft (124) can be rotated by the above-mentioned driving device (45) and is substantially perpendicular to the transmission of the above circulation The bill (40, 40a) extends in the direction, and the two above-mentioned pick-up rollers (44) are installed on the above-mentioned rotating shaft via a corresponding pair of the above-mentioned second ratchet (176). 81.9.1〇, 〇〇〇 The paper scale is applicable to China's poor home sample (CNS) A 4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) 六、申請專利範園 16. 如申請專利範圍第1 2或1 3項所述之儲金箱,其特 徵爲,當上述之偵測裝置(49,56,71)偵測到經由上述 傳送装置(48,109)傳送之流通票據(40a)的不正常情 況時,上述之控制器電路(33,34,35)控制上述之傳送 裝置(48,109)減低上述之傳送裝置(48,109)傳送流通 票據(40a)之速度,並控制上述之選別裝置(5〇,5〇a) ,導引遞送的流通票據(40a)至上述之第二個貯存盒 (51)。 17. 如申請專利範園第1 2或1 3項所述之儲金箱,其特 徵爲,由上述之偵測裝置(49,56,71)偵測到經由上 述之傳送裝置(48,109)傳送之特定數目流通票據(4〇, 40a)的最後一張將被支付時,而且,由上述之偵測裝 置(49,56,71)俄測到經由上述之傳送裝置(48,1〇9)傳 送之另一張流通票據(40a),上述之控制器電路(33, 34,35)控制上述之傳送裝置(48,1〇9)減低上述之傳送 裝置(48,109)傳送流通票據(5〇,50a)之速度,並控制 上述之選別裝置(50,50a)導引遞送之流通票據(4〇a) 至上述之第二個貯存盒(51)。 {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再璜寫本頁) 訂- 丨線 經濟部中央櫺準局R工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺廋適用中國國家櫺準(CNS)甲4規格(210 X 297公势) 81.9.10,000Sixth, the application for patent Fan Garden 16. The gold storage box as described in item 12 or 13 of the patent application range is characterized in that, when the above-mentioned detection device (49, 56, 71) detects the above-mentioned transmission device (48,109) In case of abnormality of the transmitted bills (40a), the above-mentioned controller circuit (33,34,35) controls the above-mentioned conveyors (48,109) to reduce the above-mentioned conveyors (48,109) to deliver the bills (40a) The speed, and control the above-mentioned sorting device (50, 50a), guide the delivery of circulation notes (40a) to the above-mentioned second storage box (51). 17. The gold storage box as described in item 1 or 3 of patent application park is characterized in that it is detected by the above-mentioned detection device (49, 56, 71) to be transmitted through the above-mentioned transmission device (48, 109) When the last piece of a specified number of negotiable notes (40, 40a) will be paid, and it is detected by the above-mentioned detection device (49, 56, 71) via the above-mentioned transmission device (48, 109) Another circulation note (40a) to be transmitted, the above controller circuit (33, 34, 35) controls the above transmission device (48, 109) to reduce the above transmission device (48, 109) to transfer the circulation note (5 〇, 50a) speed, and control the above sorting device (50, 50a) to guide the delivery of circulation notes (4〇a) to the above-mentioned second storage box (51). {Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) Order-丨 Printed by the Central Bureau of Industry and Economics R & Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Grade 4 (210 X 297 Potential) 81.9.10,000
TW081107665A 1991-09-19 1992-09-26 TW203656B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP3239972A JPH0581507A (en) 1991-09-19 1991-09-19 Automatic bill paying device
JP10239491U JP2517053Y2 (en) 1991-11-15 1991-11-15 Banknote automatic payment device
JP1991105602U JP2527594Y2 (en) 1991-12-24 1991-12-24 Bill automatic payment device
JP2813692 1992-02-14
JP1992012085U JP2576652Y2 (en) 1992-03-11 1992-03-11 Bill automatic payment device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW203656B true TW203656B (en) 1993-04-11

Family

ID=51587862

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW081107665A TW203656B (en) 1991-09-19 1992-09-26

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW203656B (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4292012B2 (en) Banknote deposit and withdrawal device
JP2008171451A (en) Paper money dispenser
JP4292180B2 (en) Automatic transaction equipment
TW203656B (en)
JP2003085616A (en) Paper sheet processor
JP2957667B2 (en) Cash handling system
JP2918737B2 (en) Automatic teller machine
JPS58165183A (en) Automatic casher
JPH036794A (en) Paper money depositing/paying device
JP4292232B2 (en) Banknote deposit and withdrawal machine
JP2019049775A (en) Currency processing device, currency processing system, and currency processing method
JP6466765B2 (en) Paper sheet handling equipment and automatic transaction equipment
JP2513316Y2 (en) Cash machine
JP4750308B2 (en) Automatic transaction equipment
JP6545320B2 (en) Banknote processing device
JP6511113B2 (en) Value medium processing device and value medium processing method
JP2773916B2 (en) Cash deposit and withdrawal device
US20220335768A1 (en) Banknote deposit-withdrawal system and architecture
JP2614330B2 (en) Cash deposit and withdrawal device
JP2000285275A (en) Paper sheet processor, automatic vending machine and paper sheet processing method
JP6697326B2 (en) Valuable media processing device and valuable media processing system
JPH11259731A (en) Automatic transaction machine and control method therefor
JP2834958B2 (en) Portable housing and securities handling equipment
JPS5843083A (en) Sheet paper discharger
JPH0632916Y2 (en) Card issuing device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees